300 Days Hardcore Minecraft Survival

Video Information

Over 1 year ago now I survived for 300 days in one of Minecraft’s most expansive mod packs better Minecraft since then I’ve explored and conquered many other experiences in mod packs from the depths of rlcraft to the literal Heights of one block Sky Block however along the way I’ve missed this mod pack

I’ve missed creating overpowered Gear with insane enchantments and XP and I’ve missed slaying and even Riding Dragons origin Al I experienced these 300 days across three intense episodes on my main YouTube channel but if you haven’t heard yet I have been unfairly demonetized by YouTube forcing me to essentially start

Over new on this channel so here I am today bringing you all 300 days of the original better Minecraft in one massive new movie here plus me announcing that this was only the beginning because better Minecraft will be back again and even better sorry I had to so if you are

New or returning from the original Channel and you did enjoy this and want more don’t forget to subscribe so we can once again hit 100,000 subscribers in one day even beat the main Channel anyways here’s 300 days better Minecraft the movie on day one I spawned in an

Ocean area surrounded by ships full of some dangerous looking mobs and I was immediately having flashbacks to arcraft which will definitely be coming back by the way anyway since this world was so knew and I had nothing to lose I went straight towards one of the dangerous

Ships like a fly to a light bulb in the hopes of robbing them blind I struggled to break my way onto the ship by breaking these wooden slabs in the water and once I finally got on I began stealing wood to make myself a crafting

Table and some wood tools and now that I had some protection I guess I began breaking random blocks above in a way that the mobs couldn’t come down and get me and then I found my first piece of free real estate this chest had an enchanted iron chest piece with fire

Resistance so after putting that on and looting the first chest it didn’t really sound like the enemies were that close to me so I took the chest and I broke my way up and I quickly blocked off the entrance as I heard one of those pirates

Shoot a freaking firor at me honestly I guess this is what Pirates of the Caribbean would have looked like if they were directed by Michael Bay anyways now that I was safe for now I looted the second chest that had Enchanted iron pants in a freaking total of 55 iron

Ingots in it so of course I put on some pants for once in my life and I crafted myself a full set of iron armor and some brand new iron tools and now that I felt I had everything that I was going to need to get away I jumped off of the

Ship and I began swimming towards the other that is until I noticed that there was a whole bunch of spawners in the water a lot of spawners so I decided not to take the chance and instead I swam over to land and apparently it was already Sundown and I did not want to

Meet whatever types of mobs this this game had saved up for me so I quickly found some nearby sheep that I kindly asked for their wool and they said no so I took it and I made myself a bed and I went to sleep for the first night

Overall day one was quite successful on the second day after waking up I picked up my bed and crafting bench and I set out for the day honestly these styles of mod packs are my absolute favorite because everything is new and it becomes an adventure so after climbing over the

Small hill by where I had camped out for the night I found this cozy little cottage and because of rlcraft I was very skeptical I broke the carpets on the floor just to check for traps and it turns out there was nothing but I did kept hearing Pillager sound so my guard

Was up I climbed up the ladder to the attic only to find a bunch of god tier chests full of steak apples wheat some leather and some coal it was safe to say that my food problem was solved at least for now and after borrowing this random person’s house I climbed back downstairs

To find out that they were actually hiding and uh I found them and quickly bolted outside just in case and in classic arcraft fashion I broke a hole in the side of their house and I cheesed both these jerks and I was happily on my way and honestly as I was looking around

The environment this world felt so vibrant I felt like I was playing in Skyrim again I continued moving on until I spotted another Shack in the distance except while looking around I first saw this strange little structure that actually turned out to be a gravestone so I did what any sensible person would

Do and I stole the gravestone Anvil and I may have taken all of the bones this was an RPG it would be safe to say that I would be very hated anyways though after I finished grave robbing I went to check out the cool looking Shack and it

Had a nice chest in it with two clean diamonds inside while I was here I also decided to repay the owner for their kindness by stealing all of their bookshelves and I swapped my ugly white bed for his cool cyan one and after this I walked about a 100 blocks away from

The house and I found yet another structure I was like a candy store in a kid I think I got that analogy wrong I first found this small little dirt Hut with windows that I broke into and underneath some carpet there was a mysterious passageway that led down to a

Free golden apple and potion of weakness that I could use to cure the second villager that was inside of these cages which I was not going to do sorry man but not sorry anyways after leaving those two in their cages I tried to take on another one of those ships the

Traditional way and I ended up digging straight into their spawner room in a whole bunch of Axe boys came charging at me so quickly so I strafed my way out of there and into the swamp that ended up having this super cursed looking spider cave I do not do spiders I continued

Moving through the swamp until the sun started to set and I once again placed my bed out and I slept away the tears that probably awaited me on day three I made my way out of the swamp and up into this gorgeous forest and the ambient

Noises were so good this mod pack was so so good well up here I ended up finding another little cabin and this one had some free hay bales for me to take and I may have also swapped my bed again for for this purple one no cap and after

Leaving the cabin I saw this nearby villager and it turns out he was called a gatekeeper and he had a trade for an adventurers guide that I conveniently had the books for so I bought it and I unlocked a bunch of new crafting recipes with it I think honestly no clue so I

Bought a second one trying to figure out what it was and it turns out it was just like a beginner’s guide to one of the mods weird so after I got scammed out of the books that I had stolen from that very guy I continued climbing through

These mountains until I had gotten to the structure that I was trying to go to and it was some sort of battle tower I made my way inside and I began taking out each floor full of mobs that were honestly pretty easy because of the daylight that was coming in and there

Was some pretty decent loot in here overall I got another golden apple and a bunch of food and random Loot and once I made it to the top there was a waypoint and boy let me tell you how much I missed this Waypoint mod it is one of

The best mods in any mod pack that you could add you want to Adventure more way points so now that I had finished this Tower I spent the rest of the day enjoying the view as the sun began to set and there is a massive tree Castle

Thing in the distance that I was kind of thinking of exploring the next day I continued to look around and I found a ton of other structures that I could explore and also there was this random Vex dude kind of just chilling in the sky with a pretty scary looking sword

And of course after getting too close this dude charged at me and I gave him the old one two no more existing for you on day four I woke up with a massive brain idea I was going to try and take the waist Stone before I left and unlike

Arcraft it worked I could now make a base and always teleport back to it if I found another wayist Stone this was massive so I left the tower and I set out towards the massive tree Castle thing in the distance and the next thing I know I was being chased by a Pillager

In full gold armor through the woods in fact I was actually being chased by like three these guys were everywhere and then I saw it in the distance there was a nearby Bandit Camp full of the guys it was safe to say that I wanted nothing to

Do with them so I finished making my way to the castle and fun fact I’m pretty sure this is a giant massive dungeon thing so I began inspecting the area and on the very bottom there were spawners that had skeletons and they did a pretty decent amount of damage to me so you

Know what I was going to play safe today and I was going to leave but I will be back for this place I swear it that is if I ever find one of these again so anyways after leaving that death trap I was looking for the next place to

Explore and this whole area was dangerous I ran into a possibly friendly but possibly not be and while looking around this field I found a group of those tribe guys from the mousy mobs mod and I’m pretty sure that that Village you see in the distance over there had

The sun Chief inside of it that I was nowhere ready to fight so I kept moving on in the opposite direction where instead I found this nice little village that gave me a free chest with some free iron armor in a monastery map however none of the tents ended up being real

Except for one that had a bunch of beds and some subpar loot these guys were living a lie I continued moving on and as the sun began setting again I now found myself inside of a desert temple that while looting I had found my first God Apple of this entire world which was

Pretty POG I never really used these though because of just how rare they are but you know what god tier loot is god tier loot am I right on the fifth day I made my way up to this nearby Cottage in the desert on top of this hill and it

Turned out that it was just another one of those Gatekeepers that didn’t really have anything new for me on top of that all the containers in his house Had No Loot for me to indefinitely borrow which was very rude of him if I may add so I

Left this place and I was on to the very next place that I had saw on the other side of that desert pyramid and this place ended up being this cool little Desert Oasis house I went inside of it and I searched through all of the chests

With not much luck until I found the villager on the top floor and he was standing next to a chest with a whole whole bunch of prime loot for the taking so after I left that guy’s house I continued in the direction away from the forest castle and in the distance I had

Seen another Village looking place so I decided that that was where I was going to head next that is until I found the ultimate distraction just look at this cute little lizard dude just chilling in the desert living his best life I would die for this lizard I need a pet lizard

In Minecraft now before these 100 days up I need some of these lizzards if you would die for these lizards leave a comment down below saying just how great they are honestly lizard Master race anyways after that never ending distraction just look at him I continued towards the village until I saw another

One of those little dirt houses that had a free golden apple so I decided to stop by for a quick visit and there was an ice dragon egg inside of the chest are there dragons even in this mod I lowkey kind of hope not but also can I ride

This thing is this actually a dragon egg I needed answers damn it so after I finished looting that place I finally made my way to a real Village and wow this mod pack had the Villager guards mod plus there were all kinds of new crazy professions and this place even

Had a way stone similar to arcraft it was safe to say that I was going to make this my brand new temporary home so I right clicked the stone and I gave it the beautiful rightful name paintopia I bet the villagers are super excited for that name but they love pain right right

Anyways I had gotten here at the perfect time because the sun was beginning to set once again so before I went to bed I ran around trapping each of the villagers inside of their houses so nothing would happen to them whenever I wasn’t paying attention and after that I

Placed down my bed in a house with a double chest and I finally cleaned out my inventory that I so desperately needed to do before going to sleep for the night on day six I started off the day by exploring this mini cemetery near my new Village under each of these

Graves were hidden chests full of honestly some pretty good loot not going to lie inside of each chest were bones emeralds Enchanted armor and I even got an enchanted book with vein mining which I don’t know if it’s good or not but it sounds good plus while I was here I also

Stole all of the gravestones because I mean like come on they’re they’re free anvils which are Super useful and they cost a ton of iron to make 31 to be exact and I only know that because of my one block Sky Block world that by the

Way you should totally go and watch that video it’s also really good you should watch that after this one just saying cough cough anyways with that Shameless plug done I spent the rest of this day exploring this nearby battle tower that I thought was super easy that is until a

Vex jumped me these guys did mad damage and my very short life was flashing before my eyes I quickly ate my golden apple just in case and we ended up finishing things outside like real men and I did not freak out and spam click at all nope not at all after that scare

I went back back into the tower and I found the source of those Satan spawn there’s a freaking spawner that was being guarded by an enchanted guy that hit me like a B52 bomber I guess that guy had gotten eight kills before he went to get me anyways this guy was

Scary so I quickly ran back down and outside and I executed this dude on the spot it was safe to say crisis adverted and after this I made my way back up to the top of the tower and I claimed all of my gold blocks and I stole myself a

Second Way Stone overall I was a pretty happy guy and while I was up here the sun was going down so I used the little time that I had left to get a lay of the land and there wasn’t really much but I did decide which way I wanted to go so

Now that I knew where I’d go for the next day I headed back home for the night and I spent a lot of the time dumping my inventory into my chests and after that I grabbed me some iron to make myself a much needed Shield that I

Then upgraded to an iron shield honestly such a good mod after that I made myself a brand new iron axe and I went to bed for the night as bear from Bear in the Big Blue House would say good night Moon I think at least I don’t know why my

Brain thought to say this it just does these things sometimes anyways on day seven I woke up and made a new Iron hoe so that way whenever i’ go over to that nearby Village that I’d seen in the distance yesterday I could then Rob them of all of their food and immediately

After leaving my house I was greeted by a new pigeon that wanted to be my friend so I gave this little dude some bread and instead of becoming my friend he just wanted Becky to smash sad I mean overall the joke was on him because I

Was going to name him Pierre the pigeon because alliteration is honestly too great anyways though fast forward and I found myself in the nearby Village robbing them of all of their wheat and while I was here I took all of their job blocks and beds too because you know

Porter gang rise up after borrowing all of their stuff I found myself with about a stack into over a half of that sweet grain I had obtained the bread and with that I purged this place into a future full of joblessness and famine my be fam

However with no remorse I then used the Waypoint to teleport back home and while I was here I stole all of our wheat too which totaled me a solid 2 and 1/2 stack arinos POG I then went back home and I crafted them into a inventory full of

Wheat and I ended up with over eight stacks of bread I have literally obtained that grain and gotten that bread I have yeed that wheat so after amassing my great bread Empire I spent the rest of sundown in the night cleaning up around the village I ended

Up breaking down a bunch of trees and I punched all of the twoo high grass just to make things a lot safer just in case and with my luck it started raining however I kid you not if Minecraft rain looked and sounded this good in vanilla

I wouldn’t even mine it I would be in love honestly just listen to the rain you even splash around when you walk in it on the eighth day now that I was full of food and I had two way points I was now ready to explore and leave the nest

I made my way to the nearby desert that I hadn’t yet explored and of course I had this genius idea to go and smack this big bug that I found and boy why does this man hurt so much after Control Alt deleting him I just kind of stood

Here wasting food to heal fast enough to not explode from that bug’s insane effects this dude look at what it’s doing what what even honestly yikes don’t don’t hit Bugs kids don’t go home and hit bugs leave bugs alone please this guy this guy sucks anyways though

After making it out of the desert alive I found myself in another one of those cabin structures and this place was full of goodies he had a full block of iron free for the taking a chest full of Some Enchanted stuff including a pro two chain mail helmet that ended up being

Better than mine I then made my way to his attic that’s a weird sentence and he had a chest with this super cool iron hoe in it that I then swapped with mine trust me you won’t even notice after stealing all his stuff and leaving that man down bad I found another nearby

Graveyard and this one was stacked the chest had a ton of Bones name tags random iron and stuff and a pair of pro four leather pants that I really hope I can steal the enchantment from but if this isn’t like rlcraft then they’re kind of just Gucci leather pants that

I’m never going to wear however on top of it all I found the Holy Grail book this boy had looting three now that is a devious lick and now that those Graves were properly robbed I was on to the next even better thing this nearby battle tower and this time I learned the

Pr Strat I quickly blitzed my way through each floor and I broke all of the SP spawners including the Unholy Vex spawner and now that I didn’t have to worry about 20 Vex spawning it was back to looting all of the chests and these were stacked with gold iron and some

Other pretty decent Loot and after my inventory could barely handle anymore I made my way to the top to steal those beautiful golden blocks and now that the sun went down a blue moon spawn which apparently increases my luck however I didn’t quite feel ready to take on

Whatever may be spawning at night so instead I just use this Waypoint to travel back home and I dumped all of my inventory into my chests on day nine I woke up to one of the most awful noises I have ever heard in Minecraft like what

Even was that it sounded like a demonic rooster that was inverted anyways I went back to the waist Stone in my Village and I used it to teleport back to the battle tower and I continued exploring around the area until I found something interesting there was this stone brick

Entrance to what I thought was going to be a dungeon however instead it turned out to be this sprawling Underground societ of villagers and this place was massive there were hallways upon hallways upon hallways with little dorms there were workstations I found rooms that had animals and crops and there

Were even different areas that had grass and plants to simulate the outside on top of all of this there was also a bunch of blocked off dark areas that of course I had to go and explore and let me say this place really knew how to set

Up a Vibe this place was super ominous and kind of spooky I didn’t really have any torches and at the at the time I didn’t think about grabbing any and everything was super dark but there were these really cool abandoned rooms ended up finding an abandoned library with a

Chest with some books inside and an abandoned farm with a single spider that jumped down and nuked all of the crops I have no clue what happened there but as Harry Potter would say yeus deletus anyways I continued exploring around this place and there wasn’t really much

Loot but it was super cool Plus I even found a nether portal room that was only missing one piece obsidian and there was conveniently a chest that had two inside so whenever I wanted to craft a pickaxe with my diamonds I could immediately come back here and go to the nether So I

Placed down a waypoint and I named it nether portal and I teleported back to the battle tower and I then stole that Waypoint to replace the one that I had just used and overall I was down in that place until the end of the next day day

10 on day 11 I continued on my journey exploring all of the new structures nearby in the hope hopes of crazy Loot and there wasn’t really that much that I could see until I had found a boring regular abandoned nether portal that conveniently had some busted loot that

Is if you call flint and steel busted anyways after looting that thrilling chest I saw this nearby Cobblestone entrance to something something that was full of zombies that were pouring out and one by one I clowned on these goons as I slowly ascended into the darkness I

Made my way down and I broke the Spawner in the center and I looted the chest which only had some coal that I guess I could use for torches so I mean that works but like where’s the loot my guy there’s so many zombies anyways I spent

A good amount of time down here and I blocked off all of the entrances so that way I could one by one go down and explore deeper and with only iron armor I didn’t feel that safe down here this place ended up being some crazy dark

Maze and I had no clue what else to expect down there because this place was a Cess pool so I ended up just kind of leaving and after that I spent the rest of the day exploring some of this truly stunning terrain the biomes in this mod pack are crazy good everything looked

And sounded so good this world felt super alive for day 12 as I was exploring I found another one of those skyforest Castle things and this time I was going to explore at least some of it so while Escaping The sussy Witch I used my water bucket to slowly climb all the

Way up to part of this apparently giant dungeon and as I was digging into the side I managed to yink myself some super underwhelming loot from one of the chests and then I learned that I was not ready to be up here a couple of skeletons ran into my tunnel and chased

Me down and these guys hurt so much but with my Smite two sword they stood little chance so after realizing just how much damage they did to me I blocked them off and safely dug my way around to their spawner that I quickly erased from my presence and now that I had thought

They stopped spawning I dug myself out an area that I could use to safely clean up the pile of peeps that had already spawned and I just kind of sat here smacking them all all around until I had enough kills for a tactical nuke or at

Least I wish that because at this point I was guessing there were more spawners underneath me because they just kept coming and unlike AOC craft spawners these don’t break after a certain amount of mobs spawning so unless I progress further and break them I was going to be

Here until Elder Scroll 6 comes out if it ever does anyways after finally cleaning up enough of these dudes and blocking off the bottom entrance and while exploring around this area I had found a hidden chest room that must have been full of some good loot for all of

My effort right well if you thought that I mean you were wrong because all I got was honey and not the browser extension but I did at least get some more iron wow so worth it well at this point I was now level 33 which was pretty POG so I

Couldn’t really complain and I had been messing around with these skeletons for an entire three whole days yeah it was now day 15 and that’s all I had to show for it 33 levels some honey and some iron I’m sure there’s real loot in this

Place and it has to be somewhere but for now I think I I was done because I was going to be here all year at this rate without any loot but I will be back I swear on the 16th day after using my trusty bucket of moistness to get down

From that hell hole I continued on my journey for loot through a really pretty cherry blossom Forest that is until I found myself yet another cabin and immediately after opening the front door I was greeted by an arrow to the face I mean at least it was in my knee but now

Was no time for jokes because these guys hurt however I had the advantage because of my big hunking iron shield that is I did have the advantage until this Father and Son set of zombies joined in and made my life harder luckily though they all got mad at each other and they

Deleted the Pillager B boys but this little filza zombie was hungry for my hardcore world so I dove into the water for safety and I watched them burn in the Sun and after this incident was over I kept searching through the forest until I then stumbled upon a field that

Was packed with roses and in the middle was this quaint little village that I of course went to and robbed of all of the little resources ources that they had they even gave me a map to a nearby Bandit campsite and Randy from King of

The Hill was here and I’m so glad he did not hit me with pocket sand anyways while I was looking around the village in the distance I saw this really interesting looking structure that I was now going to explore however it was becoming night so instead I quickly

Grave robbed this nearby grave site of any and all of the loot that this place had and I placed down my Waypoint so that way I could come back tomorrow I then used the Waypoint to go back home and dump all of my inventory into my my perfectly matching chests perfectly

Matching on day 17 I woke up to two Creepers spawn camping the wayist stone that I needed to go back to where I was exploring and you know the drill yah anyways after teleporting back I made my way through the swamp area and I tested out my Godlike parkour skills by

Climbing up to the hill that had both a battle tower and the other weird structure that I wanted to explore and once I made it to the top as always I ran up the battle tower and made quick work of any of the mobs while breaking

All of the spawners so that way no Vex got the chance to get the best of me or at least that’s what I thought because I then let my guard down by looting and little did I know this Vex was waiting and watching me and probably smelling me

Too and this dude did so much damage to me so I had to use a golden apple because they could easily threap me if they wanted to and as soon as he came he was gone and I had no clue where he had went that is until I saw him just kind

Of looming around in the sky far away from the tower what a guy a classic hit and run you better have insurance but anyways all was good because I had fully looted the tower and I stole the gold and another Waypoint off of the roof to

Add to my collection and while I was up here I began searching for my next Target until I saw this massive building hanging out in the distance that I absolutely needed to see however first I had to go back down and check out that other structure next door and huge

Surprise it was just a rock a big beautiful Rock one that had nothing in the center but more rock if this was a Tootsie Pop That owl would be mad disappointed so with that structure being let down I went back up to the top of the battle tower to see where I had

To go to get to that house and while I was on my way there I stopped by yet another super cozy Shack and I kind of roughed it up a bit my bad I may have also spent the night here by placing another way Stone on day 18 I traveled

Over to where the castle was and I was met with an entire Castle full of nope and more nope and top all of that Nope off Frost ma was chilling next door it was safe to say that I stood zero chance down there but I could at least come

Back here in the future So I placed out a waypoint and I named it frost ma in death Castle or something like that I mean that’s probably accurate though Honestly though if you think about it I should have called it like pain Plaza or something I just came up with that in

Post it’s way more clever and funny anyways after saving that place for later I traveled over to the snowy biome where I found some of Forge lab’s best friends and they were just moosing around in the void and I am so disappointed that sentence just came out

Of my mouth moving on after leaving forge’s Family behind I found the perfect Mountain full of exposed coal that of course the hoarder inside of me could not resist and after most of my daylight was gone and I had broken through two of my pickaxes I ended up

With a solid Three Stacks plus eight extra coal and then in the distance I had seen Perfection there is this building that looked like it would be absolutely perfect to call my house however it was surrounded by gross icky snow but I guess Beggars can’t be choosers for now plus upon further

Inspection while I was looking looking out in the distance there wasn’t just one of those houses but it looked like there was a second identical one over in the distance just kind of hanging out in that Spruce Forest so on the next day day 19 I made my way over to the first

One of these places and my mind literally imploded this place was Heaven it had walls to block out any and all mobs it had a Farmland area with villagers and they were already equipped with five-star amenities there were beds job blocks and a chest with some wither

Roses inside we even had our very own guards and since I have name tags already I could also give them totally stupid names when I wanted to anyways there were two Librarians here and they both had some pretty POG enchantments the first guy had an enchantment that

Stopped Enderman from Agro you when you look at them and the second one had fire protection 4 plus each enchantment had its own cool custom looking book that looked insane I was sold on this place this place was going to be my new new home or at least until I found one that

Wasn’t covered in snow so I placed down my Waypoint and I named it paintopia 2.0 dominating don’t know why I named it like that but it was almost like this place was a sequel to a bad video game after giving my brand new home a name it

Was now time to explore the surrounding area to the left there was another building that was similar to this one that could come in pretty useful for some beautiful capitalism so I first headed over to the building that was similar to my new home and upon getting

Closer something was off here it was different and dark inside and then they showed up this place was full of invisible bowmen I tried fighting them back in between blocks but either I couldn’t hit them or I was just bad at the block game so I made the decision

Instead for a tactical Retreat I didn’t want to loot you anyways honestly with that place being a mess I figured you know why not go and visit the next Village over and this place was ripe with future worker I I mean friends they’re friends so I went up to the

Waypoint and I named this place Village hidden in C capitalism and I am way more proud of that joke than I probably should be on day 20 now that I explored the two nearby places and I was happy with my new house I was ready to move on

So I spent this entire day teleporting back and forth falling around piles upon piles of loot that I had been hoarding back at my old base and this process took all day until the sun went down when I finally finished and I picked up my remaining chests my crafting bench

And my bed and these villagers they weren’t good enough for me so I left and now that all of my loot was in my brand new Castle of a house I spent the rest of the night lighting up any random areas that might be dark enough for

Random mobs to spawn on day 21 the very first thing that I decided to do was experiment with rrolling the fire protection 4 villager because I honestly wasn’t sure if it was going to work in better Minecraft or not but it did and on top of that after only three rerolls

This guy gave me a mending enchantment for a measly 12 emeralds which was huge so I went over and grabbed some emeralds and books from my chest and I bought myself a juicy three limited edition copies of mending and of course I trapped this guy in a block prison

Because he was now super valuable and now that I had a new mending friend it was time for me to go back out exploring for some more loot because to be honest arcraft had spoiled me with loot and I wanted more anyways I left the snowy

Area and I found myself in a swamp full of pools of um you know what never mind and after leaving the swamp I found yet another battle tower and honestly these things are too easy and the loot is way too subpar but you know the drill I ran

Up breaking any of the spawners and I stole all of the gold blocks and the waist Stone off of the top floor and of course I went down emptying each chest of their valuables and there wasn’t really much that was new however I did get a couple of not that great enchanted

Books so I mean I I guess that’s something right and speaking of something let’s just take a couple of minutes to look at the view from up here like just look at that mountain over there with the tree on the sides of it this mod pack just looks so damn good on

The 22nd day I continued exploring until I found probably the best thing in this entire mod pack that’s right mu Bloom my beloved just look at what dream stole from us rip mu Bloom you will be missed anyways I unfortunately had to leave behind my beloved and I then found

Myself in the middle of a field full of more structures to loot and first up on my list was yet another basic battle tower where the battle part was apparently available for $9.99 in the better Minecraft EA store cuz once again there was like zero mobs and there

Wasn’t much battle to this battle tower but after all I did still steal all the gold on the top and I got myself another wayist Stone and some more pretty run-of-the-mill Loot and after this I found this cool pit of probably death nope I continued on through this field

While beating on some crunchy cows for their meat and leather that’s an interesting sentence and then I saw it in the distance just look at that massive awesome Tower and to the left of it was yet another one of those massive Pillager castles and to its right was a

Brand new village with another baby Tower behind it there were so many choices too many choices so the first thing that I did was visit the nearby Village and there wasn’t really much going on here but I did something a little quirky and relatable by robbing

All of them of their food and not long after that while looking through villager houses I stumbled upon a lowkey gold mine because this chest had three free ender pearls anyways at this point the sun was going down so before I teleported back home to dump more loot I checked out this nearby

Gatekeeper’s house and at this point something clicked inside of my massive brain inside of all of these dude’s houses there were these blocks that looked like they could have been portals and I was thinking nah that’s not a portal but in this place it was it was

Pretty obvious so maybe in the future I can figure out how to light it up and go through whatever portal this was that is until I realized something else even more mass of brain each gatekeeper had a trade for something called a Zeal lighter for eight emeralds and that

Might just be what I need except I was now Emerald poor because I bought all those mending books so instead of doing that I ended up going back home for the night and I organized all of my stuff back into my dump chest so that way I

Can loot more the next day and on day 23 I teleported back to the village and I began heading towards that massive structure and as I got closer I notice this very ominous lack of an entrance downstairs so I began digging a hallway through now I was starting to think

There was nothing inside of here it was all just for show until I hit this super dark dungeon in the middle and inside there were these super beefy wither skeletons that had spider mob heads on it kind of feels like this place was inspired by Hypixel Sky Block not going

To lie but anyways now that I was here it was going to take a lot for me to leave because I smell actual good loot inside so I used my new vantage point to smack up these super resistance guys and none of them hit me but to be honest it

Kind of felt like if they did they would One-Shot me so I was being very careful to get away from them and after I cleaned up The Horde that was spawning I built my way over to their spawner and I broke it and now that things were a

Little safer I looted the nearby chest and the loot wasn’t that great but after all this was only the first floor so I didn’t really expect all too much and after looting the chest I saw a nearby spider spawner that I began building over to until this mega flash spider

Sped his way into my face these guys were insanely fast but not faster than their own mortality because I ran over in the dark and I control alt deleted their spawner so I wouldn’t have to deal with any more of them hopefully not foreshadowing it’s foreshadowing anyways

After finishing off the spider spawner I searched the ground for any drops because these guys were holding diamond swords after all and holy mother of loot one of them dropped a half durable sharpness 2 diamond sword which was busted goated some may even say it was

Safe to say that I was very excited about this drop although I was also a little more scared now to get hit by any of those guys because they all had sharpness too and I had learned that all of those spiders were one- shot kills

Even with an iron sword so all I had to worry about now was the poison and after this I ended up getting a little ballsy and I ran into each spider room nearby and I quickly broke the spawners before wiping out the spiders and while here I began smacking this regular Spider like

Four times until I realized something these guys had 70 freaking Health this was only the bottom floor how much worse were things going to get at this point thoughts of just how bad the top floor could end up being were quickly flooding my head but that wasn’t enough to stop

Me because I continued slowly chipping away at the spiders for the rest of day 23 and most of the next day day 24 and while I was here I found this little Goblin Trader guy who ended up having busted overpowered trades I mean at least they would be busted overpowered

If I was rich but I’m not it turns out that these guys could be used to get crazy Enchanted pickaxes that I don’t think you can get otherwise plus I could now trade basic Cobble for emeralds so in the hopes that he wouldn’t despawn I

Trapped him in a hole so that way I could go back home and get a name tag for him so on day 25 I teleported back to the dungeon Tower from my base with the brand new Waypoint that I had placed and I gave this guy the very rightful

Name Gojo because his trades are Mega overpowered let me know in the comments if you know which anime is that from by the way anyways though while I was back here I attempted to finish off the full floor I quickly ran back into the spider area and there are no more spawners but

I did find a chest while lighting up the area area and there wasn’t really much here however I did find a protection for pair of chain mail boots in my inventory and after lighting up the area I saw yet another spawner that I quickly ran up

And broke and I made my way to the final room and there was something walking around on the freaking ceiling that kept shooting me with a bow and I had zero way to do anything about him so I went back to my base and I got myself a bow

And some arrows and I came back ready to 1V one this boy off of the ceiling and just like my daddy was gone jokes on him though I didn’t want to 360 no scope him anyways and now that he was gone I headed up the ladder and apparently this

Was how you get to the other floors and now that I was on the next floor I quickly ran in and I blocked off every single side and I went around lighting up the area with safety torches that you could in fact put on your porch I then

Spent the rest of the day smacking around these guys and expanding the safe territory of this floor and the chests still weren’t too insane but they were definitely getting better plus I now had an enchantment table and two of those Withers ended up dropping their skulls

On Day 26 I finished off the Wither portion of this floor and I was fighting off more spiders and up apparently creepers that is until I finally had a prime opportunity to run in and delete the spawner before the mobs in the other Rune caught on I then cleaned up the

Remaining spiders and I quickly blocked off the rain of arrows that they had spammed at me and now I was safe to loot this room things were getting better and better because this place was full of coal blocks and of course I ALS also found a chest that had some more coal

And similar loot to the first floor and now there was only one room left to fight and it was full of anti-gravity bow boys that did way too much damage for their own good so instead of sitting here unloading the 10 arrows that it took to destroy them into their ugly

Faces I instead cheesed it by covering myself up with blocks and I went over and broke their spawner and I stole the loot from their chest see you later suckers at this point I had finished the second floor however my inventory was full so I was going back to my base

Until on the way down I noticed a second Goblin just kind of chilling here and this man had the same enchantment offers but for an Axe and a shovel so I might as well keep him here too I mean why not and after running to my Bas and back I

Gave him the name bakugo because of his explosive personality get it and at this point all of my armor and tools were looking pretty rough and I’m sure this place was only going to get harder so instead of going up there and dying I instead went back home to fix everything

Up and at this point it was now day 27 and upon getting home my massive five head brain was going bur today I wasn’t going to make more iron armor because I wanted Diamond so I broke my conveniently now trapped cleric’s job block and I smelted myself some smooth

Stone and I gave him a blast furnace so he would become an armorer and as you guessed it by now I had plenty of coal and iron to level this guy up and in no time he had diamond leggings and boots with some pretty Garbo enchantments and

I was going to trade with him but he was now stuck in bed bed and refused to get up honestly relatable so instead of trading I spent the night sleeping like a peasant on day 28 I woke up ready for some dm1 days and capitalism so I ran

Over to my friend and I bought the leggings and boots in order for me to get enough emeralds for the other armor I had to level him up and burn through so much iron and coal but overall it paid off pretty well because he gave me

A pro two chest piece which is honestly god tier in comparison to everything else and he had a diamond helmet let’s not talk about the enchantment anyways I was now a man with full diamond armor plus I already had mending that I could add to everything however now I was in

Need of the coveted protection for if I was going to stand any chance in a place like that so I began rrolling my other librarian and after only a couple of rolls I got an enchantment called tinted that peaked my interest with it I could apparently dye the color of my armor

Glow when it’s it’s Enchanted so of course I had to go into a creative world just to test this thing out and it turns out either purple doesn’t work or it’s just the default color either way the yellow looked pretty cool but honestly not cool enough to sell me on this

Enchantment maybe in the future though so I blocked my guy in and continued re-rolling until I got an enchantment with a special RAR looking color called yatagarasu that apparently teleports you behind an enemy that you attacked which sounds super fun but probably awful right well didn’t really know and I

Really wanted to see just how this worked so it was back to that creative world where I Enchanted a sword and I tested it out on a ship pole of pirates and um did nothing sword did nothing moving on so I went back to rerolling him throughout the night until he

Refused to keep changing jobs but hey at least a lot of the new enchantments were really cool right for day 29 I spent the entire day just rrolling and rrolling and big surprise more rrolling this guy had zero interest in cooperating with me during this I had to pass up on so many

Good enchants 2 that it was killing me inside I passed up on silk touch feather falling 4 Infinity and even protection three because it might end up a little pricey but at this point I was thinking that I had made a mistake crazy right I I don’t really do those anyways at this

Point it become nighttime and the dude stopped cooperating at all so I was forced to once again sleep so he would go back to being as equally unhelpful as he was today on day 30 it was back to rolling and as an insult he gave me

Protection One right off the bat for a terrible price and his friend also broke in again to help with this Rebellion thanks guys you’ll love to see it overall this process was terrible I did this until the end of day 31 that’s right it took me pretty much 4 days of

Me rrolling to try to get this enchantment at this point I become desperate and I figured I should just settle for a protection to enchantment I definitely regret not jumping on the protection 3 in retrospect now but I guess this horror show was over for now after this I used my very limited

Emeralds to buy one book and I combined it with my chest piece to give it protection 3 and Unbreaking 2 I was finally moving up in the world even though protection for armor is far from God Armor in this mod pack but you know what stop reminding me don’t want to

Talk about it on day 32 now that I had the protection villager I needed a way to actually buy the enchantments so of course I grabbed a Fletching table and I made the last available villager that I had into a stick boy so I could do some

Classic capitalism with him for all of the juicy emeralds that I could ever imagine I then used all of the wood that I had to make sticks and I traded them with him for just enough emeralds to buy another protection book however at this point I was now both Emerald pore and

Stick pore so I spent the rest of this day slowly hacking away at some baby spruce trees in the nearby Forest until the sun went down and at that point I could buy a second book and combine it with my chest piece to give it protection for however at this point my

Stick Trader stopped putting up with me scamming him so once again I had to go to sleep for the day so on the next day day 33 I began by buying another sharpness book and I combined it with the first and mending and I added them

To my chest piece for a sweet protection 4 Unbreaking to and mending chest piece and at this point I was pretty much stuck with the enchantments that I had but that’s okay because I was now ready to go back and see just how much damage

I could now do and how many hits that I could take so I quickly made my way back to the dungeon and up to the third floor where I ran in and took out two of these spiders while sustaining practically zero damage things were looking insane I

Then quickly deleted the spawner and the very first chest had four emeralds inside which wasn’t much but at this point I will take anything that I can get I continued through this floor by slowly clearing out areas and breaking spawners and I even ended up getting a second sharpness 2 diamond sword to

Spawn that was almost brand new I kept clearing out more areas until I ran into a room full of those invisible roof skeleton jerks and they all still did a ton of damage I used a bunch of blocks up above me as cover and I managed to

Break both their spawner and steal more emeralds from their chest to fuel my enchanting Quest I then spent most of my night here until I couldn’t get past those Archer jerks without having arrows so I ended up going back home defeated and I traded for some more emeralds

Until I could buy three more protection two books that I could almost use for one more protection four piece of armor and after that I combined the two two swords for an extra half a heart of damage and I named it the Sim Slayer and

After that I gave my new sword friend my looting three book in the hopes of getting even more swords that I could use to eventually combine for a sweet sharpness 5 on day 34th my brand new simp sling sword by my side I was ready

To take on the world I headed back to the dungeon and I made my way up to the fourth floor where I was absolutely slaying through mans with my protection for armored chest piece I took so much less damage and I still haven’t even been hit by one of those wither

Skeletons anyways now that I had looting three I could now get so much more from these guys and right as I was thinking about that another fresh diamond sword popped out of this dude weird sentence I know after getting the diamond sword I continued through this floor while

Getting mad strin drops from the spiders that I could also use to trade for my Fletcher for some more emeralds and just like that floor 4 was done apparently I was getting way faster at this I entered floor 5 and I quickly began cleaning up each area until I ran into the massive

Pile of creepers wither skeletons spiders and more ceiling jerks so I did a Pro Gamer move by running ahead and breaking some of the other spawners that were contributing to this problem and then one of the skeletons had dropped another diamond sword during the process

But I had to struggle to run in and get it because apparently all of the archers now had knockback 69 however I still got that sword and apparently I also scored a bonus Wither Skull it was safe to say that I was making massive progress and

Overall I was here until the end of day 35 on Day 36 by the time I had gotten home it was already midday and I had a lot of stuff to do I first dumped out my inventory so I could keep my sanity in check and I began placing out all of my

Cobwebs to break them for some more string and by time I was done and I had traded all of them for emeralds I now had 27 more that I then used to buy two more protection 2 books that I added to my collection and to end this short day

With a bang I combined my two diamond swords that I had gotten to make another sharpness 3 and I gave it to the good old simp Slayer so he was now able to defeat even tier three Subs on Twitch with his sharpness for goodness and now

That my sword was ready to go for the next day I was going to go to sleep until similar to real life my brain wouldn’t stop so I decided you know why not go through my chest to see exactly what I’ve gotten so far so I grabbed all

Of my gold and I combined them into almost a stack of gold blocks and then I saw my Half Stack of apples and I had an idea so I teleported back to the dungeon I went over over to my little Goblin friends and I traded all of those apples

With the two of them that definitely don’t despawn when they have name tags anyways though I now had 32 more emeralds so I went back to my protection guy and his trades were getting cheaper and cheaper because I bought so much from the other villagers including him

So I bought a bunch more books until he leveled up and he didn’t really get any good enchantments but now I could sell him books for emeralds and if you haven’t noticed that entire dungeon was full of books those wither skeletons were looking like nerds so now that I

Had a bunch more protection books I put them all in the chest and I had figured out that I only needed two more of them to make myself a full set of protection for armor on day 37 I headed back to the dungeon to borrow any and all books that

Were in sight until my axe had broken so I headed back to paintopia to get the remaining emeralds that I needed for that full set of protection for armor and of course my librarian was refusing to buy any in all books it’s almost like being trapped in a box and forced to to

Buy anything I give him was a bad thing how ungrateful am I right anyways though after gaslighting the protection guy I kind of just spent today chilling around the base and constantly checking if his trades refreshed because at this point I was very very ready for protection for

Armor and overall I only had to wait about 5 minutes but I am extremely impatient so it fell like eons but he had finally refreshed his trades and he upped his price because I may have flooded the marketplace but that was fine because I basically had an endless

Supply of books so I bought the remaining two protection two books that I needed and after trading some more coal with my armor for the four remaining emeralds I began combining them all into protection three books that is until I ran out of XP I now had

All of the books that I needed for the maximum Diamond quality armor and I was now poor XP wise so I guess it was time to go back to the tower dungeon for me so I could squeeze the levels out of anyone who dared to oppose me and right

Before I teleported there a blue lucky Moon begun and boy was tonight super lucky because as I was doing floor 8 I think at this point I lost track anyways I had gotten a potion of luck to drop and an additional Wither Skull which I guess in hindsight might actually not be

That lucky considering that I had looting three and I had taken out a lot of the skeletons but don’t ruin this for me let me have my moment for all of day 38 I kept successfully pushing through floors and farming as much xp as I could

Until I hit about level 21 which was technically all I needed for now I wanted to waste as little XP as I could so I headed back home and I spent the rest of the night piecing things together I bought a brand new helmet because mine was already half broken

From all of those ceiling jerks shooting me in the face thanks for that by the way and I crafted a grindstone so I could disenchant it for fresh enchantments then I combined two of my sets of pro three books to make two protection fours and I added mending to

The very first one so I could put it on my helmet except I was now out of XP again maybe this mod was a lot more like ARL craft after all anyway since I now had a grind Stone I had an idea for some

More free XP so I went through all of my chests in search of any Enchanted items that I could find that I didn’t need and I grinded all of them up for a sweet 15 levels that I then used to give that brand new helmet protection 4 and

Mending and just like that half of my armor was now protection 4 plus I no longer have to worry about my helmet being you know shot to Pieces so I guess that was good now that I was even beefier I spent the next 3 days days Days 39 through 41 back inside the

Dungeon pushing from floor to floor and with two pieces of protection for I could do so much more at this point even those ceiling skeletons could not stop me now I was on a mission to finally complete this place and things were going great by the time it was day 40 I

Had enough XP to go back home and make a pair of protection 4 and mending leggings that I quickly put on before I headed back to loot the remaining floors and while looting these remaining floors there wasn’t really much more inside of the chest however I did end up getting two more

Sharpness 2 diamond swords to drop and then at the end of day 41 while climbing yet another floor I finally saw it the night sky I had reached the final floor of the dungeon and I was really getting boss Vibes that is until I saw this gorgeous looking room with a couple of

Poorly placed spawners didn’t really do anything and on top of that there was a ton of double chests that all had the same exact loot as pretty much all the other floors honestly I would be more disappointed at this place if it didn’t give me a ton of emeralds gold bamboo

Coal bones and other random useful stuff so overall this was a mission success and I might actually come back here and steal all of these gorgeous lanterns and glowstone in the future or I could even end up making this place a base but honestly probably not because it would

Be way too much work to make it spawn prooof anyways now that I was finally done I watched the conveniently placed sunrise and as Cinema Sins would say roll credits on the 42nd day now that I had finished off the D dungeon for good and looted everything I teleported back

To my base to dump off the massive piles of loot that I had and I was now up to a sweet 71 emeralds from just the last two floors alone so I used all of this new money to buy myself another mending book and a pair of diamond boots and I

Combined them all to make myself my last piece protection 4 and mending armor and do you know what I was ready to go and do now if you guess go and take on one of those Pillager castles you would be very very right I’m coming for those TOS

Of undying so now that I was done with that dungeon I teleported back there to pick up two of the three way points that I had used as checkpoints and while I was in here I ended up finding a couple of chest rooms that I had skipped by

Accident and they were all full of ceiling skeletons anyways by the time I got back to the roof it was already Sundown but that didn’t stop me from doing a classic Assassin’s Creed dive all the way down into the nearby River and after this I spent the entire night

Fighting this nearby Bandit Camp full of pillagers to test out just how powerful I be became and out of all of the chests that I looted here I basically got nothing these guys were a bunch of broke boys however for some reason there were still so many of them and they kept

Spawning but that wasn’t going to stop me because I was now so much stronger than they could even imagine on day 43 as the sun came up I made my way over to the nearby Pillager Castle because I was beyond ready for those totems of undying in the literal second that I got

Anywhere near the place these boys began absolutely flooding out of the place and honestly just just look at the footage the footage will speak for itself look at how many of them there are look at all the arrows they shoot and look at all the arrows all over the place

However even with all of these guys that were insanely cracked I was still standing strong taking basically no damage and one by one I ended up picking off each of them until things were quiet or at least for now I mean just look at this battlefield though do you see all

Of those arrows insane anyways now that things were kind of safe I broke into the side of the castle in the hopes that a bunch of them would come piling in I could pick them all off and that’s exactly what happened this place was full to the brim of boyos that is until

They all started breaking out and I was hit by the dump trucks that they call The Vindicator or as I would like to call them axholme for way too long may I add and any other easy targets from the outside of the castle and I may have managed to

Deviously lick one of the easier chests on the outside of the castle and let’s just say the loot from here was going to be hella good inside of this easy access chest alone I got an enchanted diamond helmet and two free diamonds along with a ton more gold after this I kept

Fighting as many enemies as I could through the night until some illusioners started hardcore bamboozling me and it was now raining so I quickly ran back to the nearby Waypoint and I teleported home because that was a lot to manage it’s safe to say that at this point I

Really needed Unbreaking three for my armor because I mean just look at my helmet man it has mending and it’s already half broken on day 44 I teleported back to the castle and I began my Siege by digging into part of the bottom floor and absolutely wrecking those boys KD ratios and honestly

Everything was going pretty well I was nice and safe inside of this room while comfortably picking off the bow boys and ax holes clever name I know that is until the sky demon Nation attacked somewhere inside of this pile of mans there was an evoker that had begun

Summoning their simp Army so I went into defense mode I ran back outside to get enough distance so they would stop spawning Vex but for some reason more and more and more of them just kept pouring out and they were melting through my helmet and then I saw him

There was a second evoker summoning tons of these aimbotting Sky demons so one by one I broke parts of the wall so I could let out the evokers and Target them and after the first one came out into the open I ferociously sniped him down in

His prime and he had dropped me my very first totem of undying that I very quickly ran up to and I swapped it with my shield and after that I continued dealing with these monsters while desperately trying to break out the second evoker and after he was finally

Free I took my shot and just like that cringey Tick Tock Trend I never miss y can’t believe I just said that need to wash my mouth out with soap after saying that anyways after this clown was down I ran up to take his totem and I noticed

That mine was now missing from my offhand however I didn’t die so I checked my inventory and I noticed there was like a bobble type menu and apparently totems of undying count as a charm and they can go inside of this charm slot which means I could now still

Use my shield while also equipping a totem which was super POG either way though I count today as a huge success I weakened their forces and I got a bunch of diamond armor and loot from the only chest that I managed to actually get to however at this point my helmet was down

To 5% durability which was rough so I went back home and I grind stoned a bunch of my enchanted items for just just enough XP and I combined my helmet with a new one because I still was desperately in need of Unbreaking 3 for day 45 I collected all of my current

Emeralds I made two Lecter and I headed back to Old paintopia so I could reroll a villager that I 100% didn’t trap in the hopes of getting Unbreaking and this was honestly super insulting after a few rerolls he gave me protection four and for only 33 emeralds and let me tell you

I really really wanted to keep it but technically I didn’t need it and it still kind of kills me inside why so anyways I kept rrolling him and shortly after that he gave me sharpness 4 which is another thing that I really wanted but I didn’t need yet and at this point

I realized this guy was playing games with my head so I kept rrolling him until finally he gave me something else that I honestly couldn’t resist he offered me infinity and I didn’t really have that many arrows for my bows so I caved in and I bought it and I came back

The next day day 46 and began Trading with another villager all day long and out of all of the rerolls that this man had given me the only thing that ended up being interesting was Fortune 2 but this time I was staying strong I did not

Cave so I kept rrolling him until the sun had set and he kept going to sleep every time I gave him a new job and finally I had gotten Unbreaking and yeah it it was it was Unbreaking three totally not Unbreaking one but honestly I was very desperate and very unlucky

And for only nine emeralds honestly it wasn’t that bad overall it would end up costing me about 36 emeralds to get Unbreaking 3 and unfortunately I had to waste some XP for that as well but it is what it is so I bought as many books as

I could which ended up being a measly 6 on the next day day 47 I went back to my house and I spent a lot of the day desperately scrounging for enough XP to craft these books into Unbreaking 3 I traded some strings some sticks and some

Iron and books with all of my villagers to get enough XP and in the process I almost fully mended all of my gear and after that I crafted the books together for a nice Unbreaking three and it was only going to cost me 37 whole levels to

Add it to my helmet because I had previously repaired it at this point I was just better off making a new one and that was going to be my new plan so at this point I was ready to head back to the death castle and hopefully I erased

All of the evokers that they had up their sleeves so that way no Vex were coming for these cheeks and upon getting back there I was immediately jumped by a bunch more vindicators that I don’t know why but they just do ridiculous damage so while running away from them I one by

One picked them off until I built up and outsmarted the remaining smooth brains and now that the outside was finally safe at least I hope I went inside and let me tell you now the loot in here is absolutely broken I spent the rest of the night checking each room lighting

Them up and looting all of these crazy chests that are full of diamonds gold iron and crazy Enchanted armors including Diamond So I placed my remaining waist Stone inside the library and I went back home to check check on my stacks and overall this is everything

That I got from just the bottom area I ended up with nine diamonds 11 Gold Blocks 14 iron blocks plus a ton of other Loot and XP from all of this Enchanted stuff overall today was a good haul on day 48 I fast traveled back to

The inside of the castle and I spent the entire day building my way around the lower floors in the safest way possible because during the entire time I was here all I could hear was a hoorde of vindicators following me by my every move above me which was pretty

Terrifying however that was not enough to stop me from Control Alt deleting any of them that had jumped down to get me in each of these chests that I had found at this were full of even more busted overpowered loot my inventory could not handle all of this dank loot after

Finishing the inside rooms I made my way to the last part of the bottom floor that was kind of this little outside area and then I saw it there was a whole horde of guys outside of the base that was beyond scary if I was out there that

Was enough to easily kill me however because of my massive throbbing brain instead I broke one of the iron bars I just kind of sat here sending them all to the Doom Dimension one by one and my beautiful looting three sword turned them all into a bunch of Juicy emeralds

And now that things were more safe I had access to a bunch more chests however at this point my inventory was once again full so it was back to my base to dump said loot I mean just look at all of this Enchanted stuff inside of this

Chest I even ended up getting feather falling four and to top it all off I now had 25 dm1 days I was Living Like Larry on day 49 I started out my day by giving my bow Infinity because I was pretty much out of arrows and I desperately

Needed it and after that I noticed that my sword was looking a little not so great so I sacrificed all of my new Enchanted items for their XP and I repaired it man am I not at all in a good place XP wise right now but for now

I was just going to have to deal with it so so I was ready to go back to the castle and let me tell you now I thought that the worst was behind me at this point because I had already taken out the evokers and everything was going to

Be fine right well um no it was the complete opposite I finished stuffing all of the loot from the bottom floors into my inventory I began making my way up the middle of the Tower and there was a room full of evokers illusioners and everything else that Satan thought would

Be a good match for me and honestly things still weren’t that bad yet it was pretty rough but I did clean up the room enough and I hunted down not one but both of those evokers and I cleaned up all of their Vex and things were going

To get better now right there was a bunch of more chests and each of them had more crazy loot so things were looking really good that is until I made my way up this final set of stairs and I ran into another set of evokers and illusioners that gave me the most

Terrifying experience I think I’ve ever had in Minecraft that is other than rlcraft these guys were chasing me down and absolutely obliterating my shield my helmet and most importantly my health they got me down to two hearts and a Vindicator was still chasing me down and if I didn’t have absorption of the

Golden apple this jump would have killed me but I was on half a heart and the terror was far from over because there was probably more than 50 or so Vex that all wanted my gamer butt cheeks and they would not stop I desperately parkour my way around the ground terrain of the

Castle until I finally got back to my Waypoint and I fled and honestly with the way my armor is now I don’t know how much more of that place I was going to be able to fight against I knew it was is going to be hard but not that hard

And yes that is what she said so anyways overall I now had an additional four totems of undying and this whole incident took me until the end of day 52 for day 53 I kind of just spent the entire day doing random small things

That I could to give me some XP so I could begin repairing my armor I started off by fast traveling to the too much loot Village and I spent most of my daylight just mining coal for some basic XP that wasn’t going to try to kill me I

Mean it was also kind of a win-win because I could then trade that coal for more XP and for emeralds with my villagers I continued doing this until the sunset and I tried running around and killing mobs for XP however they ended up giving me less than the coal

Which was honestly kind of sad so instead I went back home for the night and I grinded all of my gear for XP and I Mass traded with my different villagers until all four pieces of my armor were fully fixed and now I needed enough XP for Unbreaking three which you

Probably guessed is going to be a ton but hey good news is I leveled up my mending book guy and his new enchantment were completely useless to me nice on day 54 I had an idea of how to grind for more XP with the current resources that

I had so I teleported back to the loot Village Waypoint and I made my way over to the nearby battle tower that I had left like 20 years ago I quickly ran up each floor except this time I lit up each of the spawners because I was now

Going to try to turn this place into some Jank looking mob farm and yes of course I broke the disgusting Vex spawner up top because ew Vex are bad and now that everything was in place I went went down and looted all of the chests and I slowly broke away each and

Every one of the floors inside while also blocking off the windows so this whole Tower would become a dark drop pit this process took until about day 57 where things were going pretty well at this point I had built the bottom killing chamber and I was beginning to

Place the water to push the mobs into the center and then a Blood Moon spawned and the mobs that I was seeing in the distance looked awful to deal with but since none of them were spawning near me I kind of just kept working that is

Until I pile of creepers were trying to jump me and honestly I didn’t want them to blow up my new spawners so I quickly fled home dodging all the death death Death and whatever that wizard looking thing was that was Alex examing that Iron Golem into the sky no thank you

Anyways once I made my way home I waited away the rest of the Blood Moon by watching the chaos unfold on those poor villagers in the spruce Village next door sorry guys but also kind of not sorry on day 58 after the blood moon had vanished I grabbed all of my buckets and

I headed back to the mob grinder and this time I was ready to finish the place by placing the remaining water buckets that I needed and then I took all of the Torches off of each of the spawners and this makeshift spawn Tower was now fully operational so I spent all

Of today in the next 2 days straight just grinding away at these spawns for some surprisingly very good XP however during this the spiders didn’t exactly work that well for this style of spawner but honestly beggar cannot be choosers overall this spawner was going ham plus

With my looting sword I also netted a ton of bones that I definitely didn’t need and more importantly string for emeralds but at this point now that I was using my sword so much more I also needed to fix it up because it was taking a beating however that was fine

Because the XP was really flowing and apparently so were the music discs even though there were no creepers weird anyways by the time it was the night of day 60 I had enough XP to finally add Unbreaking 3 to my helmet goodbye XP because this was such a waste and of

Course I had to go through and name it a good oldfashioned wee reference so I named it mman Rider let me know if you know which anime that’s from down in the comments down below also no Googling that’s cheating on day 61 now that my helmet had Unbreaking 3 and my XP was

Once again gone it was back to that sweet mob grinder for some more XP so this way I could fix up my sword and the rest of my armor however first my sword was definitely going to need some love before it breaks so I traveled over to my original

Village and I bought as many Unbreaking one books as I could then I traveled back home and grabbed a mending book and some anvils so this way I could upgrade as I went for maximum efficiency with levels and now that I had those resources I traveled back to the XP farm

Where I would slave away until all of my gear was busted or I guess the opposite of that if you think about it anyways I began hacking away at skeletons and spiders while combining my Unbreaking books together and adding the Unbreaking three to my mending book and now I was

Going to need an additional 27 more levels to add those to my sword however this was GG easy because this mob farm printed XP so I quickly deleted enough piles of mobs to hit Level 27 and I added the enchants to my boy here simp Slayer and now that he could finally

Heal from all the trauma that I’ve put him through it’s going to suck trying to give him sharpness 5 just saying that now but all was good because I spent the rest of the night grinding away XP while also fixing good old simp Slayer up and

On day 62 I went back to paintopia for some more beautiful capitalism because my Unbreaking one here guy owed me some books and now that I had the rest of the Unbreaking that I would need for now it was back to L XP farm where I grinded

Enough XP to combine all of my Unbreaking books into two Unbreaking three for my legs and boots and one Unbreaking two book for my chest piece and after only 11 XP I combined my chest piece with the Unbreaking 2 book so it could reach its final form and now I

Just needed enough XP to finish repairing my sword and to Unbreak a f definitely a word both my legs and my boots so I spent the rest of day 62 all the way until the morning of day 63 just kind of afking in my platform that’s

High enough for the very top spawner to work and grinding out mad piles of mobs for enough XP to work on my armor and let’s just say that it might have been a pretty bad idea to AFK that long because a massive snowstorm began in the game

And between the huge pile of mobs and all of that snow in the game it definitely started chugging but the XP that I got from this was enough to blow your mind it was insane I got enough XP to almost instantly fully repair my sword and I gave Unbreaking three to my

Leggings and my boots and my armor was now officially decked out and ready for those sussy evokers and Vex however I wasn’t done here because I had now amassed a chest full of Enchanted bows and most of them had power too which gave me a big brain idea so I began

Combining different bows together until I got a power four and Unbreaking three bow and I was going to add it to my Infinity bow however not before I got power five and overall this was a super expensive process that took until the end of day 64 when I finally combined

The last two bows together to get Infinity power five and Unbreaking three and of course I named this bow shooty MC shoot face in honor of someone from Borderlands 2 if you know you know anyways now that my bow was done it was not going to be fun to repair in the

Future because it costed 63 levels yikes on day 65 I woke up with my brand new set of Unbreaking gear including my sword and bow and I was feeling good but at this point I was missing something I needed an Ender Chest so I went over to my loot chest

For some diamonds and I crafted myself a basic diamond pickaxe and I traveled back to the first dungeon that I had thought so I could could steal one of the piles of obsidian and while I was here breaking them it turned out that each of these obsidian pile things had

Three free golden blocks inside stonks so after stealing their gold and taking all of the obsidian I walked out of here with about 28 obsidian and I smacked a couple of witches on the way out because for some reason they kept spawning in and one of them gave me a free three

Potions of luck for some odd reason but you know what I’ll take it anyways after heading back home I made myself a nether portal downstairs because I was now in need of blaze rods if I wanted to make an Ender Chest let alone go to the end

And after going through the portal it felt like I was in another world because something was different the biomes were different there was a terrifying tentacle monster Down Below in the lava and there were mobs everywhere so the first thing I did was take a shot at the

Tentacle monster down below because you know why not and for some reason he blew up I guess that’s just what happens when you bottle your emotions too much I I I wouldn’t know that don’t look at me anyways those explody boys were not why

I was here so I began climbing up my way to this nearby set of Nether Bricks in the hopes that I had spawned directly next to a nether fortress and while I was here I noticed a casual pile of piglin brutes nearby that I wanted nothing to do with so I continued

Digging up and huge surprise the structure was a dud inside was a small room with a zombie piglin spawner that I honestly shouldn’t have broken because I could have made a gold Farm but we all make mistakes right that is except for me of course obviously on day 66 I kept

Exploring around but there wasn’t much else in this part of the nether so I went back home so that way I could build myself a another nether portal somewhere else and the second I teleported back I was estatic to see another Blood Moon had risen so instead of sleeping away

The night I kind of just AFK the last of the night away while taking random pop shots at different mobs to kind of just see what they would do and while I was doing this one of them dropped me a free ice staff which I probably will never

Use anyways once the blood moon was finally over I fast travel back to paintopia so I could build a new nether portal and this time I did not make it one too high like I always do don’t know why I do that it just happens so after

Finishing the portal I gave it a light and I went through and I spawned in this crazy ice biome that had snow magma that for some reason still hurt me overall this biome was gorgeous in what’s that I see in the distance if you guessed it you were probably right my very first

Nether fortress honestly with way points it is so much easier dealing with the nether so I began making my way over there while placing some torches to make a path and I was stopped by a distraction I found this small Netherrack tower that was full of

Piglins and I saw some chests ripe for the robbing so I whipped out shooty msho face and I deleted any in every Pigman that I could that I saw guarding areas around the tower and I went down there to steal those chests and to my surprise downstairs area had some nether warts

And Soul Sand so now if I didn’t find any in the Nether Fortress foress I was still good to go and after stealing that I checked all of the chests and I got some of my very first nether scraps from these boys along with way too many Enchanted items that I struggled to

Stuff into my inventory overall I didn’t do that much today but it was still a mega successful day so I headed back home to grindstone all of that armor and tools and to clean out my inventory on day 67 I went back to the nether ready

To take on whatever that Fortress had in store for me and the very first thing I got to see after building over was a wither skeleton with a bow and honestly those things I’m so glad they’re not in vanilla Minecraft because they suck they managed to shoot you from a distance and

Still give you the withering effect however I did manage to take him out and he dropped me my very first Wither schull in this world that was a sign that today was going to be great and great it was because right after getting here they immediately found a blaze

Spawner and the guys practically printed blaze rods with simp Slayer by my side here it was looting three for the win and things were going GG easy that is until he spawned apparently in this mod pack all of the mobs from each of the past mob boats are in here these guys

Were super cool their animations were amazing and if I wasn’t decked out in full prop four diamond armor with a golden apple resistance I’m sure he would make my life getting blaze rods a living hell anyways though since all my armor and tools were good I quickly took

Him out and I ended up with 26 blaze rods and it was safe to say that I was ready to go So I placed down a waypoint so that way I can come here anytime I wanted for some more blaze rods and I headed back home for the day and now

That I was home and I had the blaze powder that I needed I crafted some ender pearls into Eyes of Ender and I teleported back to the dungeon to get enough obsidian for some ender chests then while crafting the Ender Chest I was thinking about how I needed silk

Touch in order to pick them back up until I thought about something that I had saved in my recipes from earlier when looking at backpacks I could make a sewing table and use it to craft myself something called an Ender backpack which is honestly crazy this thing is insane

It was like a portable Ender Chest that I only had to rightclick to access So I placed down one of the other ender chests to test out if they connected to each other and they worked perfectly and I was absolutely stoked even though it didn’t look like each time I open this

Thing it was going to cost me 1% of its durability so it looks like they were only worth about a 100 uses which to be fair in comparison to opening an Ender Chest you know placing it and breaking it every time I can’t really complain I’ll take it that is until the morning

Of day 68 I woke up with a genius idea of enchanting the backpack so I grabbed a book of mending to test it out and let’s go it freaking works so I quickly teleported over to paintopia and I grabbed four Unbreaking one books for Unbreaking 3 and I headed back home and

Combined them all into one Unbreaking 3 mending book which I didn’t have enough XP to then add to the Ender Chest where I quickly gathered enough levels and and I named the Ender bag backpack backpack yeah don’t look at me all disappointed like and now that it was enchanted I

Tried using it and it no longer took 1% durability plus I could now mend it in my offhand when grinding for XP which kind of feels weird but honestly I would be down for this to be in vanilla Minecraft because it makes almost no difference anyways though now that I had

My backpack I was curious and I tried putting it into my backpack slot to save on storage and of course it didn’t work so I checked the crafting recipes of other backpacks and appar I now needed tanned leather which is made by smelting bound leather which I then get by using

A sewing table so I gathered leather from my chest and I bound them smelted them and I crafted myself a white backpack because that was the only color wool that I actually had and I added it to my backpack slot which I had no clue how to use besides taking it off and

Opening it but either way I was a very happy guy because I was a hoarder as I always say order gang rise up in day 69 in honor of the lucky number and me finally being prepared to take on the rest of the Pillager Castle I went back

And at first things were pretty tame that is until I hit New Territory and there were still so many evokers vindicators and illusioners up here but hey at least I finally figured out how to properly kill illusioners because not going to lie I had zero clue up until

Now but that does not take away from the fact that today was terrifying because these evokers and vindicators still get me super low in health and they melt through my armor durability honestly without beacons I don’t think these castles are even worth taking on anymore

Even though I still get a ton of loot from it while I was here it’s a lot of Loot and stuff that I lowkey kind of don’t need right now anyways I continued on and I ended up finding an enchanting room with two chests of op Loot and of

Course I stole the enchantment table now that I had a diamond pickaxe and not too far from this I found myself a cluster of barrels full of insane loot that ended up putting my Ender bag to the test overall I wanted to defeat this place once and for all today but after

Fighting and managing to kill one of the last two evokers up top things were getting way too dicey because they both began piling up the sky demons and they were hitting like mini flying dump trucks and at this point without my golden apples I would probably be dead

By now and I was quickly running out of them so I MLG water bucketed my way down the side of the building and I quickly fled back home for the night but don’t worry because I may have lost this battle but I will be winning the war so

On Day 70 I went out on an Apple gathering mission in the fields near the loot waystone Village so that way I could replenish my golden apples without trading with farmers and I ran around these fields plucking red apples from trees for pretty much the entire day and

While I was out here I also found a Pillager Outpost hidden away inside of this Spruce forest and they had a banner boy that I had zero interest in dealing with because I’m not really a huge fan of raids spawning in my base you know

Anyways by the time the day was over and the sun was going down I had only gotten about 14 apples which for a whole day of work is pretty trash but you know what I will take what I I can get so I went back home and I crafted all 14 of these

Apples into golden boys and I grabbed my one God Apple to use as a trump card just in case that last evoker ended up being an anime antagonist and on day 71 now that I was prepared I traveled back to the castle and I made my way up to

The top of the building and I broke in so I could take on the remaining enemies and things went easy peasy just as planned I quickly ran in and chased down what I thought was the final okre but it turned out that there was about four

More of them which I guess would really explain just how many Vex were spawning but nonetheless I defeated each and every one of them without taking that much damage and now that I had finally defeated everyone in this entire Castle over the course of like 1/4 of this

Video may I add I began searching for my winnings and while I was looking around I saw this purple wool that I decided to take so that way I could craft a purple backpack to match my channel colors and it turns out that there was a hidden

Chest inside of it and this chest didn’t really have anything anything particularly crazy but while I was organizing the loot into my inventory a cave spider attacked me from above and as you probably know cave spiders don’t really spawn without a spawner and my loot senses were tingling so I built my

Way up and there was an entire attic with some spawners and a ton of barrels I quickly cleaned up all of the cave spiders with my bow and Sword and the chests broke my mind there was so many of them and they were all filled with stacks of gold iron diamonds and crazy

Enchanted gear ironically though I needed a good pickaxe and Axe and out of all the things inside of these chests neither of those things were present they gave me nothing but armor and no tools anyways though after looting most of these chests I very quickly ran out

Of inventory space and both my Ender bag my backpack and my inventory so I had to go back to the Waypoint to dump my inventory but either way this place had a total of 37 diamonds inside of all the chests that’s right just this attic area

Had 37 diamonds it was very safe to say that I had things made golden on Day 72 after cleaning out my inventory I headed back to the castle to climb back up and finish stealing all of my winnings from all of those epic battles and somehow

Now there were two new evokers just kind of hanging out here I have no clue where they came from but just like the others they were no longer welcome here so I control all deleted both of them and I may have casually struggled cleaning up the Vex that they spawned while wasting

A lot of golden apples I don’t really want to talk about it anyways though after that Christmas surprise was buried in the repressed memory section of my brain I went back up to the attic and I looted the rest of what I wanted from all of the barrels while also stealing

All of the hay bales watermelons and cobwebs for string because I fought hard for this loot damn it and I’m going to take all of it and now this entire Castle was fully looted and all of the mans were now memories I climbed up to

The roof to watch the sunset and it was beautiful but like all beautiful things in life the Sun Sunset had to come to an end so I climbed my way down and I headed back to the Looting Village so that way I could take my castle Waypoint

Home with me and once I got home these are what my huge loot chests ended up looking like do you like what you see because I know I do if you’re proud of me for defeating that massive pile of craziness don’t forget to leave a like

Down below because I know I’m proud and just look at all of this gorgeous loot that I got it’s beautiful on the next day day 73 now that I had conquered both the massive wooden dungeon and the evil Pillager Castle I was ready for my next

Big challenge today I wanted to take on Frost ma but I wasn’t quite sure if I was ready so I tried taking a couple of Pop shots at him and like I figured he was immune to arrows so that way you can’t cheesee him but that was okay

Because that makes this battle a lot more fun and challenging so I ate a golden apple for that super important resistance buff and I made my way down the hill to take him on sword to fist combat style and honestly this battle was pretty intense so Q epic Music just like that I had taken down Frost ma even before it had beaten the Ender Dragon and he even dropped his ice weapon that I could use to freeze enemy in place which would hopefully come in handy with all of those pillagers in the castle next door either way this battle

Was the perfect amount of fun and challenging and if you notice I had a very close call when he slammed me down on the ground to three hearts however I still pulled through and we defeated our first boss and as much as I now wanted to leave those pillagers alone and get a

Beacon before I came back I of course knowing me sat here sniping them from the distance until a Siege of bow boys poured out from the place turning the battlefield into that scene from the movie 300 anyways after all of that chaos was finally over I was wandering

Around the snowy Plains looking for some Enderman so I could then find the stronghold next however something was kind of off the game felt oddly laggy and no mobs seemed to be spawning until I was randomly yeed off of a cliff like 20 blocks which I of course didn’t get

In recording and then all of the mobs just kind of started spawning however now my bow stopped working completely every time I shot it it just kind of like went to the ground and things kind of clicked now because back when I was shooting all of those pillagers my bow

Shots didn’t really make much sense sometimes they would overshoot and sometimes they would unders shoot and not in the way that you normally would expect so you know what I kind of just figured tonight was not the night to go Enderman hunting on day 74 I started off

The day by replacing my long gone friend the iron axe with this luscious and decadent Diamond one only took 74 days to do that anyway anyways I didn’t really know what to do today but I know I wanted to get more loot so I decided since I was now super buff gamer boy

With protection 4 that I would head over to that nearby castle that I tried about 20 days ago that had the invisible boys inside and upon getting here it turned out that there was actually nothing really here yep no spawners just a couple of chests with some free Iron

Some horse armor and five much needed apples plus I also got a free ender pearl which honestly I’ll take it if I do want to go to the end after all and now that I had finished exploring that disappointment of a building I just kind of continued off into the snowy Forest

Looking for something else interesting to do and boy did I find it I ended up running into this witch looking Mushroom House that didn’t really seem like much until I discovered this whole mushroom Village that was full of piglin brute spawners that looked like mushrooms kind

Of funny honestly while I was here I thought about saving a couple of these spawners for the future Farm or something but instead I ended up breaking most of them because it kind of felt like it was going to be too much effort that isn’t until I found a god

Spawner this thing spawned in pigin brutes riding on cows which you may be thinking you know who cares well first off you’d be mean for thinking that and second off cows equals one of the most efficient sources of food I would also like to point out in my notes there I

Wrote one of the moist efficient sources of food pretty funny typo not going to lie anyways though steak is god tier and I could use this spawner to fully automate this into a steak Farm in the future which would give me infinite and efficient food plus I could also turn it

Into like a makeshift XP farm if I wanted to deal with all of the piglins which I probably don’t but anyways I placed down my remaining Waypoint and I named it crime against cows because that’s probably what was going to take place here in the future and after

Claiming that place for some pretty unethical future plans I continued exploring through the forest until I ran into another one of those Cobble zombie dungeons similar to the one that I explored earlier in the video when I was a lot less prepared anyways though things were now different because I was

A full diamond boy so I made my way down to the main room and after blocking off all of the entrances I actually decided to go down into the weird Maze of catacombs below and boy was I glad that I did not do this before because things

Down here were super hectic there were spawners everywhere that spawned a ton of zombies plus skeletons that had swords and axes which did a pretty decent amount of damage even with diamond armor and to make it all worse there was ice everywhere from some weird ice M shaft that kept melting every time

I placed torches down next to them and honestly it just made my life so much harder while I was down here that’s okay because coming down here was super profitable and you know how we feel about profit around here there were chests everywhere that had iron gold emeralds apples which I really needed

And freaking diamond tools inside of them which is kind of also ironic because I basically no longer needed them overall though I was down here until the end of day 77 and I had made out pretty well I ended up with this entire pile of random loot which

Included one Diamond 17 more apples for golden apples and three Diamond axes one diamond sword and one diamond shovel overall pretty pogers haul and on day 78 after finally leaving that zombie catacomb area it was conveniently nighttime which was perfect for my next hunt because I was still in need of some

Elusive Enderman so I spent the rest of this night running around in the cold taking out any mobs that I could find and unfortunately I only ended up finding one Enderman and he dropped One Singular Pearl which was okay I guess but you know what wasn’t okay just how

Awful the snowy mobs are inside of this biome there are ice skeletons everywhere that constantly kept giving me slowness there are ice creepers that to be honest I don’t really know what they do but I don’t really want to and there are zombies that like to hit me with their

Balls weird sentence I know but at least there was some icing on this cake made of dung because ice olers were Spa spawning here and they were easy peasy to ye and they gave me free emeralds which was a pretty nice addition to wasting my entire night inside of this

Field so after taking out as many mobs as I could I kept exploring around this area until the sun began to rise and I found a nice Spruce Village that I of course stole from I mean this wouldn’t really be one of my videos without putting villagers in their place now

Would it so I first stole their Waypoint that I could use in some place important if I found one and then I found this Lumberjack’s chest that was way too op for its own good there were emeralds iron a heart of the sea and two more diamonds man villagers must love me or

Something not sure why though I treat them like crap on day 79 now that the sun was up and the roosters were sounding like dying monsters yep that’s a thing it was time for me to move on past this Village and like 10 in away there was another one of those

Gatekeeper Cottages that normally wouldn’t be a big deal however today I had enough emeralds on me to finally Buy by one of their Zeal lighters so that way I could test out the portal inside of their house and after buying the lighter I headed up to his attic another

Disturbing sentence may I add and I right clicked the portal and it just kind of worked it became something called an everdon portal So I placed down a waypoint that would lead me back here and I went through and once I got here this place blew my mind there was

An entire other dimension that was all purple and the very first thing I noticed was this massive gorgeous looking building that I absolutely needed to explore however as I began making my way towards it this hostile looking creature spawned in front of me and he ended up wanting a bite of my

Butt cheeks so I hit him back with a good old simp Slayer and apparently regular weapons do less damage to mobs here so at this point I decided to do some quick research and it turns out that the blue book that I had bought a long time ago was actually super useful

For telling me what was related to this Dimension plus it turns out that there were two Dimensions the first one is the dimension of eternal day and this one was the dimension of Eternal Night and it turns out that each of these Dimensions have different dungeons with

Boss mobs inside and that tower that I was looking at contains one of those boss mobs however I should probably find some of this Dimensions ores first so that way I can make some more effective weapons so I went back to the portal and I teleported back to the Village near my

House so that way I could steal their Waypoint and use it as a checkpoint in the other dimension and after that I went back home as the sun went down and I began preparing preparing for my journey I first dumped out the ton of loot that I had found while in the

Catacombs into my chests and I crafted all 17 of my new apples into more golden ones just in case the fight goes south and after this I spent the rest of the night setting up my inventory so I would be ready to take on anything that this

Dimension could throw at me or at least that’s what I had thought on the morning of day 80 I fast traveled back went through the portal and all I can say is pain and not just cuz it’s my name upon first walking up on the the building I

Tried placing a torch inside and apparently you can’t place blocks in here which was totally not an ominous sign in the slightest so ignoring the fact that I couldn’t place blocks I began climbing up the spiral stairs while lowkey losing my mind with fear and the first enemy that I found ended

Up being this witch that instead of shooting her from a distance with my bow like a smart big brain boy would do I instead began smacking her with my sword as any gentleman would and after throwing only a couple of potions she destroyed my health and popped my totem

Of undying so it’s safe to say that I was out of there I quickly fled down the stairs and I went straight back into the portal and just like your dad when he went out for milk I was gone and I was not coming back after getting back to

The Overworld I went back to my house and when putting on a new totem I also realized that you could apparently wear two of them at the same time which is kind of useful not going to lie but yeah either way I was not going back there

Anytime soon because I need to be much stronger to take on that so with that failure beside me the first thing that I began to do was craft myself a diamond Shield to replace the iron one because this one blocked an additional 8% damage when blocking attacks and now I was

Going to add enchantments to it however instead of rerolling my villagers I thought that it was finally time to make an enchanting area with one of those tables that I casually borrowed so I went back to the previous dungeon that I had beaten and I spent the rest of the

Day and all of day 8 one stealing each and every bookshelf from every floor and while I was there collecting any remaining Gold Blocks inside of the centers of those obsidian piles and by the time I got home I now had almost 33 stacks of books which is very safe to

Say that it was Mega Overkill but I mean I could always trade them for emeralds so at the end of the day things still worked out pretty well on day 82 now that I had a decent amount of books or at least I would say I crafted myself 21

Fresh fresh but never Frozen bookshelves and I built myself a brand new enchantment setup over in the corner where a bunch of those random bookshelves used to be and now that I had an enchantment setup the very first thing that I went to test out was enchanting my brand new diamond shield

And apparently you cannot enchant them like you could in arcraft which honestly kind of sucks so I did the next best thing instead and I grabbed one of my fresh Diamond axes that I had looted from that dungeon and I had the option for either efficienc 4 or vein mining

Which gave me an idea so I chose the efficiency 4 enchantment and I also got Unbreaking 3 for free however I just so happened to have a vein mining book inside of one of my chests that I added to it so that way I could test out

Mining trees and you probably guessed it but unfortunately it does not work like the Timber Mod and ended up being a waste of an enchantment POG but that was okay because I went back to my enchantment table to enchant my diamond pickaxe and this one only gave me

Efficiency 4 so I crafted myself another one and I grinded a bunch of iron Enchanted gear for enough XP to enchant it at level three and this boy gave me silk touch efficiency 4 and Unbreaking three which was perfect so I combined both of the pcks into one and I gave

Them the totally not terrible name picture perfect because it’s silk touch get it it’s funny laugh at it ha anyways it was now an efficiency 5 silk touch and Unbreaking 3 pickaxe and now all I needed was mending so I grabbed The Mending books from my chests and I first

Added mending to the pickaxe and after that I added mending to the brand new ax that I then named a exceptional because at this point you can probably tell that my pun game was on point today and if you disagree you should leave a like on the video because YouTube removed

Dislikes so companies wouldn’t get their feelings hurt while being ratioed on the next day day 83 I wanted to go out and get the remaining ender pearls that I was missing so that way I could not only beat the Ender Dragon but also explore the end a little before these 100 days

Were over so I grabbed about half of the gold that I had and I went back to the nether to trade with piglins and this process could not have gone worse to be honest the first group of piglins just kept taking all of my Gold without

Giving me anything in return and to add insult to injury they crafted themselves full gold armor without even trading anything so I revoked their licenses to exist and after getting scammed out of my hard- earned gold I moved on to this next guy who actually traded me stuff he

Gave me real things in return for my gold so I just kind of sat here collecting the loot that he had dropped and sorting through it until I noticed something just a little sus out of all of these trades he had dropped me zero pearls so either I was just very super

Ultra unlucky like anti-d dream or they just don’t drop pearls in this mod pack which really wouldn’t make much sense but either way I was tired of wasting my gold so I looked up ender pearls using the TMI mod and I had forgotten that cleric villagers actually trade you them

When they hit level five so instead of wasting my time on this I went back through the portal and I spent until sunrise looking around my base for some more Enderman and huge surprise there are none on day 84 I gathered my legally acquired Brewing stands along with an

Inventory full of emeralds and books for some beautiful capitalism which I know you all love so so much I get some capitalisms in the comments down below the algorithm loves capitalism literally anyways I took all of those resources and I traveled back to paintopia to find

A brand new villager friend to become my new cleric and once I had this guy already I wasted tons and tons of emeralds for red stone lapis and glowstone which to be honest were all pretty useful but I didn’t really need them and after doing these easy trades

He had leveled up enough to get ender pearls for five emeralds each which I was only able to buy about seven of because I didn’t really have enough emeralds so I went back to my base and I Mass traded for iron books and string with my villagers until I had enough

Emeralds to buy what I needed and after trading with the cleric once more I now had 19 more ender pearls you can suck on these piglins anyways once returning home again I crafted some of the Ender Pearls into Eyes of Ender and now I had 25 Eyes of Ender and nine spare ender

Pearls for some of those mlgs while fighting the Ender Dragon and now that I had one last thing that I needed to locate the stronghold there were only a couple of loose ends that I needed to tie up in preparation to go to the end

And one of the very first things that I tried to do was add sweeping Edge three and fire aspect 2 to simp Slayer which would end up costing me over 40 levels because of how inefficiently I had leveled up this weapon which I guess wasn’t that bad in comparison to how

Much it would cost me to put this end Veil enchantment on my helmet it’s only 67 levels it’s two levels below the funny number which was still absurd I guess I’ll just have to deal with ag growing Enderman to be honest on day 85 since I couldn’t upgrade my armor any

Further there is one more thing that I needed before I would go to the end I needed some more backpacks for some super efficient Inventory management so I spent all of today kind of just grinding away at my cow farm for some leather and then binding that leather

With string tanning that bound Leather by smelting it and using whatever wool that I had to craft myself a total of five new backpacks and unfortunately only one of them was their Channel Color Purple but at least during this day I also learned that ice solers that spawn

All around this area can also spawn with ominous banners on which was a pretty big hard pass for me no raids in my house thank you anyways I spent the rest of this day finishing my preparations to go stronghold hunting plus I could even put my new backpack collection inside of

Any future shulkers that I got which would then go inside of my Ender Chest for some Maximum insane portable storage once I found my first and City on day 86 I woke up and while adding the finishing touches to my inventory I ended up finding 50 more string inside of one of

My chests so I crafted three more backpacks for a total of eight and I threw them into my Ender Chest full of supplies and after this I set off in search of the stronghold by using My Eyes of Ender and not too long into the search I found a brand new pirate ship

And this time I was well prepared to RKO all of those jerks and yoink their loot so I began by taking some perfectly aimed amazing bow shots from the distance if I do say so myself and once enough of them were eliminated I then moved in for the kill by digging my way

Into the bottom of the ship and once I was in I began one by one sniping any of the remaining bow Boys on top of the deck until I couldn’t really see any more of them and at this point I said screw it and I broke through the blocks

And I ran out as quickly as I could and I was chased off of the side of the boat by two very easy to drown vindicators and speaking of easy to drown vindicators now that they were slowly drifting down to Davey Jones Locker I used my water bucket to get back up the

Side of the boat and I built up and headshot all of the remaining vindicators until I got the chance to run into their dark spawning area and break their spawner which would have probably made an amazing Emerald Farm but I mean I could always find another

Ship in the future if I do end up continuing the series anyways I spent the rest of the night looting all of the chests for Loot and I ended up with two diamonds and a bunch of TN te and some more free gunpowder on day 87 I started

Off the day by getting a little quirky and um I I stole all of the entire first mass of the ship with a pair of shears because hey this wool was free real estate it’s free free real estate that I could use to make more backpacks everybody loves backpacks am I right so

After finishing that daily dose of theft I then jumped off the boat and I swam over to the island that was further in the direction of the stronghold and I checked my inventory for the wool and I had gotten 2 and a half St stacks of

White wool and a measly purple which was still pretty good not going to lie also for the people that like a little bit of math out there that totaled out to about 56 brand new backpacks which is pretty POG anyways now that I was back on land

I continued using Eyes of Ender until I found myself two more ships in the distance that I was hoping I could visit that is until the pearls started leading back into this super dense forest that made it pretty difficult to actually you know follow them and then while I was

Inside the forest one of the pearls finally LED straight into to the ground so I dug straight down until I hit this little cave system and finally I had found the stone brick that I had been looking for and let me tell you now this place was a massive surprise this place

Blew my mind I’ve seen this mod in different mod packs before but I’ve never actually played one that had it in it and the stronghold was fully decked out and massive and this place was absolutely gorgeous I began exploring around until I found the new library and

I was literally in love this place was beyond cool I could spend so much time just exploring around and not going to lie I kind of did I went around each aisle of books lighting them up and there was a couple of chests to loot and some spawners that I ended up breaking

Plus I stole a free block of iron and a free block of gold until I left the library and I finally found what I was here for and the new portal room was crazy cool this whole place had my mind imploding at the scene I needed to make

This place into my new base or something so I placed down a waypoint and I named it God tier stronghold and then I quickly stopped back at home so that way I could dump out my inventory of stuff that I had freshly looted along the way

And on day 88 I teleported back fully lit up the portal and I jumped through ready to destroy that dragon and honestly this fight went super well I started by absolutely popping off with some bow shots to break all of the lower Towers until I needed to water bucket my

Way up to break one of the highest crystals and while I was up here I quickly sniped out all of the remaining crystals and now the only thing that was left between me and copious amounts of loot was beating that dragon and for some reason during this fight the dragon

Was a tank she didn’t really take much damage from the sharpness four crits and it took me about four different Cycles to take her down including some pretty op bow plays on my part if I if I do say so myself and they’re also might have been this incident where she yeed me

Into the air and I almost Ender pearled myself off of the cliff but um don’t don’t mention that in the comments okay long story short this fight ended up being GG easy and I had conquered the end so now that she was gone I collected

That sweet XP and I tried to take the egg but it kind of just bugged out on the end portal middle column and just kind of like sat there and honestly I don’t really care about it the egg doesn’t mean that much to me so I just

Kind of left it so after defeating the egg End Dragon in rightfully claiming the end as my own domain on day 89 I built my way up to the farlands portal built a tiny platform around it and I Ender pearled my way and I had spawned

On top of a ton of dark purple and black trees that if you’ve seen my 100 days in the modded End video you’d probably be familiar with however this end was much different because in the distance I saw my very first end Tower and this thing looked insanely different than the

Vanilla one so I began enter pulling my way over and my fight with the many shulkers had begun can I get a Hello shulker boxes in the comment section anyways one by one I defeated all of the shulkers in the first room and upon making my way up the tower I saw a

Shulker spawner part of me really wanted to save it for some kind of cool shulker farm so since it was far enough away from the rest of the tower I kind of just left it there so that way you know I could use it in the future if I wanted

To and after continuing on I had figured you know maybe that was the only Shuler spawner inside of the whole Tower right well I would be very very wrong because this entire Tower was nutty there were spawners everywhere in never-ending shulkers and when I got to the top of

This Tower it had eight more spawners and eight pedestals that had free different colored shulker boxes just kind of sitting on them plus an additional 16 chests full of busted Enchanted items that included a ton of diamonds and items known as void totems that keep you alive if you fall into the

Void that I of course equipped into one of my two Charm slots instead of one of my totems of undying and honestly I could sit here talking about this place for probably about an hour because there was just NeverEnding mobs and crazy loot chests absolutely everywhere in fact

Each one of the mini Towers in this end City have an additional shulker spawner up top in four more free colored shulker boxes so I continued my way through every part of the nend city until I was finally ready to take on the new end ship balloon and damn was this thing

Very well protected there were Sky demon spawners on top of it that I had to break and the shulkers were trying to send me into space and turn me into a pancake but being the big brain that I was I had brought enough water buckets including enough to make sure they don’t

Just randomly glitch out because that always seems to happen in the end and I MLG water bucketed my way down on top of the balloon where I quickly dug into it until I finally broke in just to be swarmed by the super dangerous mimic that copies all of my armor and weapons

However he was kind of a waste of time so I didn’t really bother fighting him and I deleted all of the shulkers and their spawners instead and I just kind of ran downstairs and shut the door in his face and honestly it wasn’t much better down here there were a ton more

Shulkers and spawners along with this entire hallway that led up to the coveted elytra so I quickly cleaned up the room and I collected all of my winnings from each busted chest and this elytra was already Enchanted so I right clicked to pick it up and this at this

Point my mind exploded even further than it already was this thing already had Unbreaking 3 and mending on it and on top of that it goes inside of a back slot in your inventory so you always have an elytra on even if you’re wearing armor I’m literally screaming right I

Would like to be screaming so much louder about this this thing blew my freaking mind and it’s safe to say that I was insanely excited about it because you can kind of just see me you know jerking the screen around by the way I’m sorry in advance for any Whiplash or

Vertigo that I may have given you from this moment but overall it took me until the end of day 93 to finish looting this place and it was so so so worth it on Day 94 now that the end city was fully explored I placed down a wayist stone

Inside of the end balloon and I fast traveled home for 3 XP which ended up ruining my sweet 69 levels anyways though after getting home I somewhat organized all of my earnings into two double chests and just look at all this God tier loot that I found I found tons

Of crazy enchanted diamond armors including a perfect replacement helmet for mine so I could even add more of the enchants like end Vil that I wanted to in the first place on top of that I found tons of end totems tons of colored Sher boxes and in the second chest there

Was a ton more loot including 29 diamonds from one single n city which is cracked and on top of all of this I could now fly so the first thing that was on my mind was fireworks I started by going through any and all of my chests looking for all of the gunpowder

That I had been collecting while exploring this world now my only problem was paper and because I wasn’t a huge nerd I didn’t really have any so at this point my options were to start a sugarcane farm but honestly that would take too long and I didn’t really have

The time left in these 100 days so the first thing instead that I did was look up the villagers inside of this mod pack to see if any of them traded for sugarcane until I had found the solution I could make a per alter and trade with an end olist directly for fireworks

Honestly this mod pack is amazing go play it if you haven’t played it yet go in the description down below look at the link click it also look at my merch down there buy some merch for the holidays it really helps me out I love you but please play the mod pack mod

Pack’s great anyways tangent over so before going back to the end for some perper blocks to make that new alter I used the little paper that I had to make tier three rockets and I took my brand new elytra for a spin and flying around this world just felt so so right

Honestly I really hope you all enjoy these 100 days because I would love to do 200 days of this mod pack so if you do want to see that definitely leave a like down below they really help out the video and the algorithm and it lets me

Know that you guys enjoy the content anyways I traveled back to the end and I struggled to take down the mimic that was spawn camping me and I fled over to the tower for some free per per blocks and after that I went all the way down

To the ground to collect some more endstone and now that I had everything that I needed I flew back up to the balloon where I saw something interesting along the way there was a pedestal that had a free end crystal inside and of course I happily yed to

That boy before heading back home for the day on day 95 I started off the day with an inventory full of resources ready for some more capitalism with the boys I began by trading iron books and sticks for emeralds and I trapped a villager inside a paintopia that I made

Into an Ender olist and after leveling this guy up it was pretty expensive but I find finally got him to unlock rockets and eight of them costed a measly two emeralds which was lit so I bought as many of them as I could and now that my firework issues were solved pretty much

Indefinitely I teleported back home and I filled up my Ender bag with shulkers and you could in fact put backpacks into those very shulkers it was some Inception level stuff up in here I could put bags in boxes in bags in a box for days and now that all of my inventory

Was sorted and I only had a few days left there was still something that I wanted to do I wanted to go back to the nether fortress for some more wither skulls so I could kill the Wither enough times for a sex tupple Beacon that I was

Then going to use to go over and Crush that final Pillager Castle so I traveled back to paintopia and went through the ender portal because I am cheap and I didn’t want to spend the three levels and I quickly flew over to the nether fortress where spent the rest of the day

Hunting wither skeletons which didn’t really spawn that much but I did manage to get myself a seventh Wither Skull pretty quick so even though this Fortress sucks I guess I couldn’t complain however since this Fortress wasn’t spawning the numbers that I needed to get these skulls in time on

The next day day 96 I stole the Waypoint that was here and I used my elytra to Fly Away In Search of a better Fortress and instead I found this crazy ominous looking Blackstone castle and upon landing on the top floor there was some super unprotected chests that had pretty

Decent loot inside including my very first netherite Ingot however things here seemed way too quiet for there to be this much loot so I broke a hole in the floor to see you know what was going on down below and this place ended up looking mad cursed there were these

Terrifying creatures called Naga along with an army of Blaze and some wither skeletons so I ate a golden apple and I jumped in and joined the massacre and honestly there were so many mobs the game started lagging like crazy but overall I came out Victorious and I

Stole all of the loot from the chests as my reward plus they also had a Gucci Wither Skeleton spawner which was exactly what I needed so I made this little Jank looking area for them to spawn in and I spent the rest of the day farming wither skeletons with zero luck

For skulls at this point I was beginning to doubt that these skeletons could even drop skulls because honestly if I was a Game Dev that wouldn’t make much sense because these spawners would be super overpowered and I’m sure they definitely thought of that so on day 97 I gave gave

Up on the spawner and I set back out flying looking for a good nether fortress and at this point it wasn’t looking very promising that I was going to make a beacon in time before day 100 however that was kind of okay because while exploring more of the nether I got

To see a lot of these beautiful looking biomes and I also found this Blackstone pyramid with some pretty cool looking loot that I barely got to touch because the place exploded while almost killing me but hey I still got a free protection for a book and some gold plus my totem

Didn’t pop so you know what I’ll take that as a w so with that not so near-death experience behind me I continued exploring and search for a fortress and just when I thought I had found one it turned out to be this absolutely stunning looking nether City

This place is full of so many different Nic looking blocks that I may have stole a couple of and this place ended up being a massive distraction I explored around here for a couple of minutes looking for cool loot until I realized that there was basically nothing here

For me so it was back to my search I had to be strong and not be distracted because I was running out of time and luckily enough my search ended up not being that much longer because right next door there was a massive nether fortress that was still pretty void of

Wither boys but there was quite a few chests that even had a couple of diamonds in them however at this point I was kind of just done hunting for Withers in general so instead of actually using this place I placed down a waypoint and I went back to my base to

Cut my losses or at least that’s what I thought I would do however I am very stubborn as you all may probably know so instead on day 98 I went back to the nether in search for more wither skulls and upon getting there I stole the way

Stone and I set out exploring looking for the perfect Fortress and along the way I found pretty much everything except for that I first stopped by another one of those Blackstone pyramids except this time I was the bigger brain and I broke the Trap and stole all of

The TNT just like you would do for a regular pyramid and the loot ended up being kind of decent but I mean I still stole it of course duh anyways after stopping by that ticking Time Bomb I continued on my way until I found this White Tower looking structure in the

Middle of lava that had some wither skeletons and it turns out those skeletons ended up being the least of my worries because there were gas spawners everywhere and they were Beyond annoying there was only one chest here and I was trying to loot it so I placed down my

Cyan shulker box so I can clean out my inventory that conveniently had all of my loot inside of it may I add and a gas shot it and blew it up before I could pick it up these guys are literally the worst so now that all of that loot was

Gone I built my way up to the chest anyways and I got some gold and two diamonds not at all worth it I had in fact been bamboozled so I just kind of left the place and not long after I continued flying around the nether I finally found my third Fortress and

After taking down only a couple of Skelly boys I had gotten my eighth Wither Skull so I spent the rest of this day in all of day 99 grinding through the slim spawns that I was getting and with all of that work I was rewarded with only two more skulls that would

Allow me to summon only my third wither so you know what since I was now out of time I was probably just going to have to settle for that or at least that’s what I had thought because right before leaving I stopped by this nearby piglin

Tower and they just had a couple of Wither statues chilling outside that had two free real estate wither skulls so now I was able to summon my fourth Wither on day 100 now that I was officially out of time it was time to take on all four of the withers that I

Could summon as one massive boss fight to send off the series and of course there is no place better to do this than the end so I teleported back to my stronghold and I jumped inside of the portal and I went to begin digging underneath the return end portal so that

Way I could cheese these guys of course like any man of culture would and unfortunately because the portal wasn’t made of Bedrock the Wither just kind of phased through it like it was nothing so I had to shoot him up the oldfashioned way with shooty msho face and my bow did

So much damage to this guy that he quickly switched into close range mode and he aggroed on me so I banned him from my chat with simp Slayer and I guess at this point I was stuck fighting the other three in one-on-one battles face to face so one by one I spawned

Them in hoping that they would stay stuck but the second I attacked them they broke out which honestly was probably on purpose because the mod pack doesn’t want you to cheese stuff but you know what it’s fine because just like that I had slain each Beast one by one

By one and I now had four nether Stars along with these four cores that sounded pretty ominous it also just so happened that one of the withers had freed my dragon egg that was stuck up on top of the portal so I guess things do work out

In the end no pun intended so anyways now that I had done everything that I had came here for I jumped back through the portal and it was already night time so no day 100 Sundown for me on the first day day 101 I loaded into my world

Dazed and Confused since I hadn’t really been here in about a month I began looking through my inventory to see what I had and I remembered that there was armor much much better than diamond and I still needed to upgrade to it and then I found it there was a type of armor

Called Fusion armor that was made by fusing resources into ingots by using Fusion ore which can be found in the abyss mod so I used the a key to favorite all of these items for future reference and then it happened on my very first day back a Blood Moon had

Risen so you know what I thought I would go out and Hunt some easy mobs because I mean what could go wrong right so I started targeting creepers for more fireworks until I found myself directly in the middle of this horde of League of Legends players and not going to lie

This was scary I was poisoned I had slowness and hunger and I could barely get away without getting clowned on by some of the creepers the gunpowder has come full circle but after all of that had kind of settled down I did manage to get away with my life intact and I

Decided you know what since I’m a little rusty at better Minecraft maybe I’ll just spend the blood moon organizing my inventory and repairing my now melted armor with some late night capitalism overall today was a rough start but that was okay because on day 102 I was awake

And ready from the allnighter that I was forced to pull I began looking into what the abyss mod was and it turned out to be a dimension that I could get to by harvesting lauran gems from these bright light blue flowers that are supposedly spread throughout the world that I could

Then combine with obsidian to make the portal to the new dimension yes that was a mouthful so I grabbed my fireworks and I began flying around in the hopes of finding some of these flowers which were supposedly easy to find in most biomes I kept flying around while checking any

Flowers that I could until I I found another one of those small little Bandit camps and that’s when I decided that their stuff was now my stuff I quickly swooped in and landed on their roof and I begin smacking these dudes around and surprisingly they smacked back pretty

Hard I don’t know what’s up with me today but things were doing so much more damage than I remembered but all was good because one by one I banished each of them to the shadow realm before stealing their single gold apple and coal which was totally worth this fight

Anyways though shortly after moving on from there I found a nearby Field full of the exact flowers that I was looking for they were apparently called Lauren flowers and they were everywhere surrounding this Village so I spent the rest of the day just kind of collecting

As many of them as I could before getting attacked by this bird and her children apparently and thanks to me this world now had four more orphans on the morning of day 103 now that I had the Lauren crystals that I needed I was done here but before leaving I did see

Two more nearby dungeon towers that I quickly flew over to so I could borrow all of their life savings I flew over to the first one and I stole all of their gold blocks and the waist Stone from the roof and I quickly made my way down each

Floor while checking all of the basic chests and breaking the spawners after finishing up there I was off to the second one where I did pretty much the same thing minus the getting trolled by a Vex with a sharpness sword it was really starting to seem like the people

Of this world did not respect the protection for Diamond trip however now that their loot was my loot I flew back over to the village and I used the waystone to teleport back to my base so I could begin preparing to go to the abyss and honestly I had no clue what I

Was doing wrong here I used an Eye of Ender and some paper along with the gems to make something called an activation scroll which unlocked the abyss chapter 2 book apparently because I still could not craft it or the unstable obsidian so I went online to do some research and

I’m just going to say this now I hate mods like this they have no information at all on online and the only information that I could find was super conflicting I spent the entire night testing out different ways to get the obsidian and I did find out that there’s

A quest system with rewards that you can go into and there was a step by step for this mod however I still can’t craft the obsidian by the time it was the morning I had no clue what to do until I noticed a comment online that matched some of

The text inside of the guide apparently I had to kill something called a void worm before I could get the obsidian which doesn’t make much sense because that is not what I’ve seen other YouTubers do in their videos but you know what I’m not going to argue with it

Whatever so on day 104 I continued looking on the wiki and apparently there’s some dream world that you’re supposed to enter two times before you can progress which doesn’t make any sense because it didn’t happen at all and it’s supposed to happen the first few times you sleep in your world but I

I honestly I don’t know the wiki for this mod complete trash so for today instead I was just going to hang around the base testing out things till the the sun went down where I can hopefully sleep and maybe enter this dream world now that I’ve unlocked the book but yeah

Anyways since I didn’t have anything else to do for today I decided to test out something that a lot of you mentioned in the comments of the last 100 days video apparently vain mining that I have on my diamond axe only works when you crouch so I flew over to the

Nearby Forest to test it out and all of you were right I could now easily explode my stick trading empire plus each time I use the vein Miner it a automatically replaces the saplings underneath just imagine how much more work you could do in a vanilla world

Without having to spend a year chopping down trees but yeah that’s pretty much all I did today I chopped down a bunch of trees did some stick trades with one of my prison uh friends and I organized the Hollywood into some new chests before the Sun finally went down so I

Stared at the bed in the hopes of going to some weird dream world or something and um nothing happened nothing at all good times on day 105 I had finally figured it out so apparently inside the quest Book quest for the end you are given exactly what you need to enter

This Dimension after you kill the void worm which I kind of already knew kind of but today I figured out exactly how to find the void worm because apparently they dwell in the void down below the end in order to lure them out you need to toss a mysterious worm down into the

Void which you can only get by placing a crimson mosquito inside an end ofage capsid whatever that is so I contined doing more research and um wow has this mod pack really become some kind of Master riddle after doing some research I found the two different mobs that I

Now needed to hunt down for their drops I needed to hunt down an Indo Fage which would drop a capsid and I needed to hunt down a crimson mosquito which I also had no clue where to find so I checked out the Alex’s mobs booked once again and I

Finally knew where to go and what to do after only 5 days Crimson mosquitoes can be found in in Crimson forests in the Nether and the Indo Fage can be found in the mid lims biome in the end so things were going to be easy now hopefully this

Is some foreshadowing things were not going to be easy so on the next day day 106 I used my waist Stone to teleport back to paintopia and I went through the nether portal so I could find a Crimson Forest and Hunt me some mosquitoes so

The second I spawned in I began using my fireworks to fly around and search for the perfect location to farm them and I did find a Crimson Forest but technically it wasn’t a Crimson Forest because apparently there are multiple Crimson biomes now with the whatever mods that are changing the nether

However while I was here I did find another one of those piglin towers with a chest inside that I decided to rush like the big brain player that I was and these guys absolutely swarmed me they did do a lot of damage but for the most

Part I had things under control that is until I saw one of the piglin brutes began running to join in the fight and I decided to make a temporary tactical Retreat up the hill just in case and I sat here sweeping up the remaining sussy bakas including said brute now that they

Were all gone I could yink the rest of their loot which didn’t end up being much but I did score myself four more netherite scrap so this wasn’t an entire waste of time anyways though now that my Minecraft bank had become slightly more thick with three C’s I sat back out

Looking for that Crimson biome and surprise surprise I was distracted yet again and this time by this really nice looking Bastion with an easy target open chest room with a conveniently placed nearby platform to shoot off of so I landed down nearby and I sat here yeting

Each and every piglin that I saw out of existence before bridging over to loot the two chests which turned out to be mostly subpar loot minus the one additional netherite scrap for day 107 I continued to assert my dominance over this Bastion by now raining down arrows

On any and every remaining piglin that I could see before I could make my way way down there and once it was mostly safe I jumped onto the Soul Sand in the middle to check the chest and there really wasn’t much inside and honestly I didn’t really feel like looting the rest of

This place because my luck with bastions in this world had been trash so I kind of just left to continue flying around so I could find that Crimson biome and boy have I never wanted to see a crimson biome this bad in my life I kept finding

Crimson like biomes that weren’t what I needed and I was quickly burning through my stack of fireworks but that was not going to stop me I kept exploring for the next 2 days day 108 and 109 and of course I made some more stops along the

Way I first ran into another one of those piglin towers that I wiped out like the plague that they were while also stealing any more of their netherite scraps and shortly after that Tower I found myself sniping away more piglins and more piglin brutes at another scuffed Bastion only for pretty

Much more of the same basic loot overall I kept exploring until the end of day one 109 where I pretty much ran out of fireworks so I crafted myself a quick nether portal in the Nether and because I didn’t have any Flint or steel I took

Advantage of one of the nearby step Gast shooting at me so he could light up my portal and after that I ran back through to the Overworld on day 110 after leaving the nether portal I found myself in this really bright and vibrant Mangrove biome with a pretty big

Villager Bandit Camp right next door and when I say pretty big I mean massive for some reason this place was full of triple arrow shooting Bandit boys and they would not stop loading me up with arrows for even a second I was hitting them with my sword but I was quickly

Being forced to switch to my bow because they just kind of sat here shooting me over into the water overall I ended up being stuck here throughout most of the night taking them out one by one because these guys wouldn’t even let me leave the water I don’t know what was wrong

With this place or why they had their own cracked Esports team but by the time I finally finished cleaning most of them up and I stole all of their loot which was not very much worth it in the slightest may I add I went to sleep for

The night so I could begin exploring this new part of the world during the piece of daytime so on day 111 after waking up the first thing I did was continue exploring around this hellish Bandit Camp while taking out the super annoying remaining crossbow jerks I

Looted their last two houses if you can call them that and there still wasn’t anything crazy inside but I did find a bunch more bread a ton of wool for beds some more slime and other just random junk I finished stuffing what loot I could into my inventory and I was

Finally on my way to that cursed place until I spotted another one of those tiny little dirt Huts in the distance so I broke my way inside violently I tore up their carpet and I made my way down to their basement still a weird sentence not going to lie anyways the chest down

Here had another Golden Apple inside along with an ice dragon egg and yes I know I can get Dragons by using these eggs but I want a fire dragon and I haven’t found one of those yet so do not worry a fire dragon will soon be ours

Along with the lizard from the first 100 days it might not happen now but I definitely want both of those things to happen however for now since my inventory was kind of messed up I sat here organizing it for a bit and I moved on to the next thing which just so

Happened to be this nearby Village that was full of villagers like I mean more full than normal there were so many villagers here so like the true Alpha gamer that I am I exploited them all simultaneously by going around and stealing from each house let me tell you

This place was pretty busted each chest had tons of iron more wool loads of bread some emeralds and other random loot inside this place was so profitable and these kind guys gave me all of this loot for free which is crazy it’s crazy how that works anyways by the time I

Finished borrowing all of their things the sun became scared of me and began hiding so unlike real life I decided to have a sleepover with my new friends and go to sleep at a decent time on day 112 after leaving the village I found myself once again robbing more people of their

Belongings I found another one of these portal guys houses that I quickly yed of anything that had value inside and it didn’t end up being much but right next door there was an abandoned portal that had two shiny golden blocks that were placed there just for me and while

Collecting those gold blocks I noticed another mob Tower off in the distance and what can I say I like loot so I flew over to this island where I crafted myself a boat and I quickly traversed my way across the water so I can get these

Gold blocks and Way Stone at the top of the tower after getting here I speed ran my way through each floor by breaking the spawner and killing each mob until I hit the last floor where I broke the cursed Vex spawner because even with diamond protection for armor they do way

Too much damage and after breaking the last spawner I began looting the chests and I stole all of the gold blocks and the Waypoint up top and I was going to go back down to check the bottom floor chest until this surprise Vex smacked me

Across my cheeks so instead I did what I like to call a tactical Retreat and I jumped off the top of the tower where I flew all the way over to this gorgeous looking house that had tons of free anvils and iron block and so so so much

More free stuffff at this point my Pixar mom of an inventory was weighing me down so I plopped down some shulkers and I dumped all of my findings inside for that squeaky clean inventory that everyone loves now that this place had been looted I was back out on my journey

And believe it or not I actually did have a goal while out here I was looking for paper sugar cane and more gunpowder so I could make more fireworks future pain here at this point in the story I forgot that I had a Trader that I could

Buy fireworks from from the first 100 days so I may have wasted a little bit of time doing this future pain out so as I continued exploring I began grabbing any and all sugar cane that I could find and as the sun had began to set I flew

Over to this small cabin of Hunters that both dropped their cheap enchanted weapons after I crushed their KD ratios and upon looking at their attic I found the motherload of free steak and apples for day 113 I set out from the Hunter’s Lodge ready to explore some of the

Nearby structures I first stopped by the exact same building that I lived in to check on the villagers just in case any of them actually had any good enchantments and massive surprise none of these guys were useful how relatable so since both the villagers and their

Loot were of no use to me I continued on my way until I saw yet another one of those giant monstrosity dungeon looking buildings and if you remember what I said in the first 100 days I wanted to come back to these and this ended up

Being kind of a big mistake I grabbed my elytra with the very few fireworks that I had and I flew up to the very top in the hopes of stealing some easy chests oral craft style and it turns out that each of the spawners up here spawn these

Super scary skeleton Riders on top of phantoms and these guys didn’t really do much damage but their knockback hit like saitama I had to keep taking pop shots from them in the distance just to take them out because close combat was not really a choice at this point anyways

After playing clean up with the competition I ran in and broke the spawner as fast as I could and I still managed to spawn more before doing that these spawners were on to my strats they spawned them OB so fast that it was pretty much impossible to run in and

Break them Scot free that still didn’t stop got me and to be honest the loot inside of these chests wasn’t that bad but also wasn’t really that good after looting the first chest I flew in and broke three more spawners while also quickly yoinking any relevant loot from

The chest before being yeed and as the sun started to go down I was gone those chests were way too much work for the small amount of loot that I had gotten even vanilla and cities give better loot than this these dungeons had me missing ARL craft real bad so after leaving that

Giant waste of time I flew my way down down to this brand new mob Tower where I quickly Detroit smashed the Vex spawner and stole all of the gold in the brand new wayist stone on day 114 after finishing looting the mob Tower I was looking through my mod settings for the

Mod map in this mod pack because I realized that I hadn’t really had it on this entire time I’ve literally been ignoring one of the most useful mods in the pack and now that I had the map on I was checking out what was nearby and I

Saw this weird bulge in the snowy part of the map so I decided to go check it out and it ended up being this Woodland Mansion uh minus the wood and the land apparently because this place is made entirely of ice and snow I broke inside and I began exploring around while not

Really finding much and I slay a couple of mobs here and there and I stole the massive pile of their bookshelves for some more future juicy capitalism after this I continued exploring each floor and there really wasn’t much stuff to borrow I know these buildings usually have hidden chests but I didn’t really

Want to waste that much time struggling to get them so I made my way down to the bottom floor where I found some nice nice creepers to hunt for some more gunpowder and that’s when I was absolutely clowned on while fighting this pile of mobs with a creeper in the

Middle my steep bro skeleton shot me from behind directly into the center of the mobs causing the first creeper to explode and to make things worse my shield was now stun locked so all I could do was sit here and watch as the second creeper ran in and caused me to

Lose a totem of undying and after that I was beyond done here I quickly ate a gapple just in case and I quickly fled out the front door never to come back after this I stopped by a near house to re-equip a totem and dump out my

Inventory and I was once again on my way I continued going in the same direction so I could leave this cursed biome until I noticed something in the distance there was a snow desert temple so unlike the massive five head that I usually have I instead did a small brain move

Where I entered the temple and I began breaking my way down slowly because everything was snow when I didn’t have a shovel and this is where my small brain came into action because upon breaking some of the ice the blocks slid into the pressure plates DMS causing everything

To go up in smoke so I very very very quickly ran my way back up the stairs to dodge the explosions where I was greeted by a pile of snow skeletons or whatever you call them cuz I always forget their name because nobody cares about them and

I I just kind of fled I was done with this place I quickly ran out of the front door never to come back to any snow biomes in this world ever again on day 115 I started off the day by making the questionable decision of killing an illusioner with a banner without

Recording so I now had the curse of the simps so what did I do with this you may ask well I grabbed my fireworks and I flew to the nearest giant village on the map to test out just how bad the raids are in better Minecraft because I mean

What can go wrong right so I landed on top of the nearby mob Tower I broke the Vex spawner I stole all of the loot off of the roof and I blocked off this staircase just in case anyone made their way up to me and once the raid had

Finally began things got crazy fast there were some kind of Summoner mob that summoned these super fast running micro creepers that made me so happy that I was not down there so for the first wave I sat up here sniping people from the heavens until the second wave

Spawned in and things got even more interesting so I decided to get a little bit quirky and relatable and I flew down onto one of the nearby Village roofs where I sat here sniping away at any Pillager that I saw until I had to hunt down the remaining two guys overall Wave

2 was cool but not that bad but then then wave three spawned and honestly just just look at this giant Minecraft dungeons looking guy do you think I’m going to fight a guy like that I sat here sniping him until I learned exactly what the creeper Summoners really do

They literally began spawning piles of creepers on top of me while I was on top of the building so I began building up and up until I was shot off my pillar into the pile of creepers down below I quickly built back up and fled to the

Trees to finish taking out the enemies I sniped down the Minecraft dungeons looking Golem and he dropped one iron ingot which was worse than iron golems what a scam anyways during this part of the raid there was only one enemy left and the sun had gone down so I used this

Moment to clear out my inventory and repair my very almost Broken Bow boy before finishing the raid the next day however it seemed that my bow had become a lost cause now the absolute cheapest I could repair this thing for was a whopping 65 levels and after that it was going to cost

127 it was kind of looking like I might have to switch to a mending bow soon so I finished cleaning up and I just went to sleep for the night on the next day day 116 it was back to the raid grind I quickly took out the last couple of

Witches to finish off the last wave and I was now speechless the next wave was massive and everyone had diamond armor there were so many different mobs including Vex which made hiding on roofs no longer viable I began taking pop shots with what was left of my bow until

I was knocked down by a Vex and that’s where I made the executive decision to fly back up to the nearby mob Tower just for some safety and I mean just just look at the mobs down there things were getting insane I stood up here watching

Them run around for a bit until I decided it would be wise for me to go back home and make a new bow So I placed that on Way Stone and I named it struggle Village because I mean that’s what this place was at this point and I

Went back home for the night where I enchanted bow after bow until I ended up with this power five Unbreaking 3 flame punch to bow with mending that I named tamashi noomi which is Japanese for soul resonance let me know which anime that’s from in the comments anyways now that I

Had a much much stronger and more fixed up bow boy I was ready to head back and cause chaos but first on day 17 I realized that I was pretty sure I had a villager that sold fireworks it’s been a while since I played this world and yeah

It turns out I was harvesting all of that sugar cane for literally zero reason however everything was still good no it was great because after buying several Stacks from the end villager his final trades were shulker shells and ender dragon heads I could literally buy infinite shulkers and I was so hyped

About it but anyways now that I had everything that I needed I went back to that Village to begin the massive bow Montage I flew down from the mob Tower and I began slaying like the king that I was I very quickly blew through all

Three stacks of arrows that I had so I was forced to go in for some close combat where I carefully picked off each of the dangerous enemies one group at a time there were some pretty insane fights here the illusioners gave me 14 seconds of pitch black darkness that

Would most likely lead to my death if I hadn’t had an elytra and there was also the staff guy from Minecraft dungeons that gave me levitation but no matter how powerful these chumps were one by one each of these monsters fell until finally I was down to the very last

Enemy except I could not find him anywhere I legit searched for the rest of the night until the sun came up and I looked everywhere I even tried using one of the village bells to find him but either they just didn’t work in this mod pack or for the more likely reason

Everybody was dead so it was no longer a village either way this day was finally over so it was now day 118 and I was ready to finally finish this raid that is except the second the sun had finished Rising The Raid bar disappeared yep it turns out I took too long to

Defeat it all I had to do was take out one more guy and I would get my capitalism buff but since the game hates me no so now that the raid was over I flew back to the tower I quickly dumped off my inventory and I built myself another perfectly sized and definitely

Not too big nether portal so so I could stop being distracted and go back to searching for the Crimson Forest like I should have been doing in the first place but now I needed a flint and steel so I teleported back to my base where I

Found the 36 extra Shuler shells that I had sitting in my chest that I may have forgotten about so I crafted 18 new shulkers I filled my ender chest with the remaining and I grabbed my flint and steel so I could go back to the Nether and finally hopefully find that mosquito

So now that my ender chest was all set and I had the flint and steel it was back to the struggle village where I lit the portal and I jumped through to begin my second journey to find that stupid mosquito and as much as I would love to

Say this was quick and easy it was the exact opposite I tried using the mini map to find Crimson biome except every Crimson biome was replaced with Crimson Gardens which was apparently different I legit spent another 3 days flying around the nether with zero luck this mod pack

Really did not want me to summon that void worm I swear I was at this until about day 122 when I finally said screw it and I built another nether portal so I could go back to the Overworld where I found myself surrounded by another Pillager

Bandit camp at this point I was really cursed I felt like I was I felt like I was Subaru in the first season of rezero living the same suffering over and over again so I checked out the map for the nearest safe area to place a waypoint

And I flew over to another replica of my base these days things were definitely definitely rough so on day 123 at this point I had choices I was reading the Alex mobs book until I realized that the mosquito part of the book mentioned regular Overwood flies transforming when

They enter the nether so I made a creative world to test this out and it did work but the process seemed absolutely awful after this I began watching other videos on better Minecraft that seemed to have so much more than this version and that’s when I realized that they made a version called

Better Minecraft plus that had so much more than this version of The Mod including ice and fire so that explained why everything was missing and why the abyss mod was pretty much unusable in this version so now I had a couple of options I could either add some of the

Missing mods like ice and fire which would make this version have real endgame armor that I could work towards or I could try to load this world in the other mod pack which might corrupt it which I mean I could just back it up but

Either way I was kind of at a loss here or so I had thought because after doing exactly that backing up my world and throwing the save file into better Minecraft plus everything that I could tell was working perfectly I still had all of my gear along with my new slots

On my character including the tool belt mod they had added the tool belt mod literally god tier mod there was now so much better stuff to earn such as Fire and Ice items all of the way points were still working and all if not most of all

My villagers and my loot was still back back at my base the only thing that I 100% knew was missing was the Ender bag and backpacks which was a shame however in comparison to using an Ender Chest it didn’t really make much difference so either way better Minecraft plus was

Insane this mod pack just became the combination of better Minecraft and arcraft and I was so excited to see all of the new things as the sun began to rise on day 124 I was already beginning to realize just how different this world had become in better Minecraft plus

Because right there on my map was a mutant skeleton which not going to lie the only reason I know what that is was a Mr Beast video anyways I wanted to begin the new journey by taking this guy down so I did some quick capitalism with the boys for some arrows since my

Infinity bow was now replaced by a banana no reference there and now that I had ammo it was time for the 1V one of the century I began shooting this guy into absolute Oblivion until he could no longer handle the pressure and he just kind of kind of exploded very relatable

And quirky of him after winning the fight I had jumped down to see what he had dropped and apparently I could pick up his skull and all of his bones I guess today was indeed a bone day and that it was because after re-entering my base I kept discovering more new things

First off my dragon eggs that I had from the other mod were unfortunately gone because of Ice and Fire which sucked but apparently having an Ender Chest in your inventory open this option to instantly access my chest from my inventory without even placing it so not having

The Ender backpack was honestly not even that big of a deal anymore for the rest of this day I just kind of hung out in my base while being overwhelmed by the sheer mass of new content that better Minecraft plus had added and on top of everything the abyss mod looks like it

Might actually work now too which gave me something extra to work towards so on day 125 I cleaned out my inventory and I teleported to the newest Waypoint so I can begin hunting for new structures and maybe even some dragons for new armor and not long after setting out I found

This super sus looking Swamp House that looked mostly abandoned or at least I had hoped I broke inside from the roof and I began stealing everything from barrels and chests and that’s when I began finding bones and skulls and they were literally everywhere and I know what you’re thinking why is he taking

Entire skeletons and my answer to that question is um don’t worry about it overall while I was here I found these cool skeletons I found a pile of heads a wither skeleton hand and some free coal blocks and I know what you’re thinking again why is he taking these literal

Body parts and bones and stuff and I’m going to once again reiterate don’t worry about it they’re cool decorations that I could use for maybe a spooky room or something in the future anyways at this point I felt like I was kind of pushing my luck so I left that swamp

Before whatever made all of those skeletons decided to come back that is assuming it wasn’t my dad because he probably never will so I flew out of this place and I continued looking for new structures to explore while checking the map for Dragons until I found this

Ugly looking Stone Temple thing so I landed nearby and emptied out my inventory into one of my shulkers and that’s when I noticed something only slightly concerning the forest in the distance was on fire and that fire was pretty suspicious it was almost like a dragon’s fire so I checked my map and

Boom there was a nearby ice dragon nest on the map however that didn’t really make much sense because ice dragons don’t start fires so something was off I mean the Ice and Fire mod changes quite often so I guess you just never know so I clinched my cheeks and I slowly began

Approaching where the dragon should be until I saw it and it was also already dead somehow so I made my way up to its den until I heard one of the most terrifying growls I had ever heard in Minecraft it turns out that the fire had

Come from a nearby red fire dragon that took down this blue boy in all of his glory so do you know what I did if you guess steal all of the easy dragon skilles and bones and and then run away as fast as you could you would be very

Right after picking up the rest of the scales and Bones I flew up into this nearby slime Island where I placed down a Way Stone as the sun began going down after this I checked my inventory and I kid you not that Dragon dropped me the

Exact amount of scales that I needed to craft myself a full set of dragon armor this new mod pack was cracked so I teleported back home since it was thunderstorming and I went to sleep so I could build my new armor the next day on

Day 126 the very first thing I did was craft myself an entire set of sapphire dragon armor and now that I had the armor I was going to need four mending books four protection four books and four Unbreaking three books to fully enchant each of them into god tier armor

So I began the great trading cycle once again I traded tons of books and sticks for emeralds whenever the villagers had refresh their trades and I began buying all the protection two books that I could to combine into protection 4 that is until I ran out of emeralds once

Again and all of my Traders were done for the night once the sun had gone down so I went to sleep for the night and first thing in the morning and the next day it was back to that juicy capitalism I first laid out my chest and put all of

My armor inside it to see what I needed and I had already traded for all four mending books and I had two of the four protection four books that I was going to need so I went back to the villagers to keep checking their trades until this

Intruder Enderman ran into my base and me being the massive five gamer that I am I smacked him in the face and that’s when I learned just who I was up against this Enderman had protection 4 and he was so so unreasonably strong he did way

More damage than he should have and wow was I glad my dragon armor was almost ready because I was tired of this and I collected my surprising amount of drops from him before getting back to my capitalistic Mission I continued trading different resources for emeralds and combining books until I had all four

Protection for enchantments that I was going to need and one of the Unbreaking 3 ones things were quickly starting to come together however I was now super poor when it came to levels and I was going to need a ton more to get those last three Unbreaking three books let

Alone combine everything together into books and add them to my dragon armor so I figured it was time to pay a good visit back to my good oldfashioned XP farm from the first 100 days and boy was this a different experience with all of the newly added mods while I was

Grinding P random Enchanted Mobs with abilities would spawn in making crazy noises and after defeating them they dropped random Enchanted bottles and music discs along with a ton more XP than normal overall I continued this process of grinding XP trading with villagers and combining more Unbreaking books until day

129 when I finally had all of the enchantments that I needed so on day 130 it was back to the XP farm for the remaining amount of XP that I was going to need for my brand new full full set of Gucci dragon armor and boy did this

Take so much xp to combine everything I sat here until the end of day 33 just slaying away at more mobs for enough XP to one by one combine all of my enchanted books into single books before finally adding all of them to my dragon scale armor and this process was pretty

Rough because each piece of armor costed an additional 24 levels of XP to finally enchant even after all the XP that I had already used building up the books however this was all worth it in the end because once I finished my final piece of armor I took off that decrepit and

Weak gross diamond armor and I threw on this gorgeous set of dragon armor and boy did I look amazing in this the blue goes with the purple on my skin perfectly plus my armor is now significantly more cracked than before I know had an additional three extra

Defense over top of my original bar of 10 on day 134 now that I have my completely gorgeous armor I began checking out what kinds of dragon weapons I could make and that’s when I stumbled upon the dragon sword that could be upgraded into absolutely busted

Variants such as a flame sword and this super sick looking lightning blade that matched my channel colors perfectly so of course like the massive Chad gamer that I was I now had to figure out how I was going to get the remaining wither bones to craft myself these decadent

Looking swords and it turned out they dropped from cockatrice which supposedly spawn in savanas at least according to the wiki that is so I marked my closest Savannah looking biome on the map and I began my short Journey there however while on the way there I spotted a quick

And easy mob Tower with a free Way Stone and some gold on top so I quickly landed on it and ran downstairs so I could break the Vex spawner so I didn’t have to deal with it and that’s when my mind melted because apparently one of the

Mods in this mod pack literally lets me pick up spawners with silk touch this changed everything I was about to become the Fire Nation towards these mobs so of course like the man of culture that I was I ran down the stairs stealing every spawner that I saw well absolutely

Freaking out and things didn’t stop here I went to check on the loot in each of the chests expecting the you know typical garbage but no with all of these new mods these chests now actually had things of value in side I found a bunch of new items including my first ring

That gave me plus one armor and I began just freaking out this new update had me in love with this mod pack so after I sat there freaking out over all of that loot I went back to the top to collect the reasons why I actually came here at

This point it was now night time and raining and uh the day really flies by while looting I’ll tell you that so on day 135 after waking up and cleaning out my inventory I set back off towards the Savannah from yesterday day and upon arriving there it turned out to be a

Rocky Mountains instead which didn’t have any cockatrice in sight so I kept flying until I noticed a Dragon’s Nest and that’s when my greatest nightmare became reality I went to F5 to look for the dragon and he was right behind me but I wasn’t scared because I had an

Elytra in fireworks right he couldn’t catch up could he we’ll get this apparently in the new Fire and Ice versions dragons can maintain the speed of your freaking fireworks and this man would not leave me alone for anything this was terrifying it was kind of like

That movie with the bus that was going to run out of gas and there was a bomb inside of the bus and the second that the bus ran out of gas or stopped it you know just boom that’s that’s kind of like the situation I was flying away

From the dragon as fast as I could burning through the remaining fireworks that I had which was not that many and I could not get away I also did not have a was Stone in my inventory so I couldn’t just land and quickly bail if this guy

Caught up to me I have no clue if I could survive it or not yet that’s when I realized that I was heading directly towards paintopia with my villagers and that’s when I had this Vsauce Level Pro Gamer idea to quickly land and bail by using the way Stone so I did exactly

That I’m now pretty sure that I could never go back there again to see any of my villagers at least until I’m strong enough to take on the dragon I guess either way this is one of the most terrifying experiences I’ve ever had in Minecraft for sure and now on while

Flying I am carrying ender pearls in the way Stone just in case I need to bail quickly from any dragons nearby I mean in the end of the day this kind of helped me out though because I was now prepared and now that I was prepared for

The literal worst case scenario I set back out from my base in the direction that I’ve already traveled to hoping to find some new structures and I spent the rest of this day stopping at Villages and stealing their way stones until I found another battle tower that I spent

The rest of the night stealing the spawners in looting all of the chests from for the next day day 136 I immediately set out leaving the tower behind and the very first thing I saw was this Giant’s Lair and today I wanted to conquer something so I sat here

Sniping him with a bow until he stopped taking damage so I got even Closer by swimming into the nearby water while hitting him with the old razzled Dazzle until he dropped to the ground and this dude dropped me his eye which just so happens to be a legendary weapon that

Gives weakness to nearby enemies enemies anyways while fighting this guy he broke some of the nearby palm tree which dropped a palm sapling and this had given me a grand idea because one of the mods had spawned starfish and other little beach items all around the ground

That just looked so nice so I decided to Why not pick them all up so that way I can make a nice tropical area in the future if I ever decide to do that and honestly I get distracted by some of the dumbest things sometimes I swear but

Anyways after I finished collecting all of the easy to get starfish I set back off towards this pirate ship with one thing on my mind at the center of each ship was a Vindicator spawner that I could use to make an emerald Farm baby so I flew around taking some pretty Pro

Gamer shots killing a bunch of them until I felt it was safe enough to land on the ship and begin absolutely devastating their forces that is until the Vindicator Spawner in the middle spawned a very special enemy that did way more damage than he should have in

Fact this guy ended up knocking me off of the ship so I shot him in the face a couple of times and I flew back up to collect my winnings which ended up being two diamonds in that very important Vindicator spawner from the center however I was not finished harassing

These pillagers yet because there were two more beached Pillager ships in the distance and these things were absolutely cracked I spent my whole night fighting my way through and these had so much loot there were tons of chests everywhere that were full of fish that I didn’t really need however hidden

Among them were chests full of iron gold emeralds and other insane loot along with all of these chests were two separate Captain Quarters that had all kinds of new items that I’ve never seen before they had Spirit orbs lore fragments blank Scrolls along with these books called tattered tomes that gave me

Levels when I right clicked them by the time I had finished looting both of these ships and clearing out all of the enemies it had become mourning and I had gotten 17 diamonds two stacks plus two additional emeralds a stack and a half of gold a stack in 19 iron and something

Called a dagger of greed that had some pretty cool effects when attacking pillagers including the ability to get bad Omen without a captain which technically means I could also make a raid Farm by using the Pillager Spawner in the future on day 137 after leaving

The two ships I flew over to the nearby base full of villagers while not thinking and I accidentally started a raid for them so me being the good guy that I am I did what I thought was right and I left them to deal with it by

Themselves it was not my problem because I was now on to another nearby Pillager ship and this one had pretty much the same as the first two I got a whole bunch more iron I got emeralds gold and a bunch more levels from those tattered Toms along with a bunch more things that

I had no clue what to do with and some pretty decent enchanted books by the time I was finished borrowing all of their stuff it was now night time and for some reason also thundering so again I just went to sleep cuz I didn’t want

To deal with it for day 138 it’s kind of difficult to explain what happened because literally so much did the very first thing I decided to do after waking up was fly up to the top of the massive Pillager castle that happened to be next

Door so that way I could break into to the attic and steal all of the op loot with minimum effort I quickly ran in and I broke all of the spider spawners first because they basically did no damage to me and I didn’t really want to deal with

Them as I struggled to stuff all of the loot into my inventory and after I cleaned up all the spawners I began looting each and every chest in barrel with absolutely no interference at all from the piles of evokers below which honestly I probably should have just

Done this in the first 100 days in the first place but I didn’t really have an elytra so things didn’t work out like that while I was up here I honestly felt like a kid in a candy store I could be here all day talking about just all the

Loot that I had gotten from these chests because there’s just so much of it and not just the typical loot either there were special items like rings that had crazy abilities I found spell stones and I found the Holy Grail not like figuratively or anything literally I

Found the Holy Grail but anyways after finishing up all of the loot in here I really didn’t want to take on the Pillager Outpost down below because I wanted to become more Godlike first before I came back and exterminated every one of these cursed buildings that

D to exist in my world so with like 10 shulkers full of loot I left to continue my search for the Tre until I had finally found my first real Savannah except once again there were no cockatrice in sight but I did find another Dragon’s Den with no dragon in

Sight either which honestly terrified me so I left towards the nearby desert where I found a nice Village that I was going to use to finally go home that is until I found this really interesting statue that kind of had a Legend of Zelda Vibe because apparently those

Spirit orbs that I have been finding could be traded to the statue for either health or stamina however stamina decided to work cuz that doesn’t really make sense but you know what whatever and this is when I realized that during this whole trip of looting every Spirit

Orb that I had found I had taken with me so I sorted through my shulkers to find them and just like that I had gotten an additional two hearts of Hardcore Health this mod pack was insane so for future reference I placed down a waist Stone

Next to the Statue so I could continue to trade for more health and right after placing it down I saw another one of those statues directly across from the first so now that there was two and I wasn’t risking losing anything if it did happen to break and not drop I tried

Picking it up and it literally dropped me the statue I’m not used to mod packs being this forgiving in arcraft you couldn’t pick up anything at this point I didn’t know if it’ still work if I placed it down anywhere but I was still just as a static nonetheless and things

Today did not end here because as I was messing around with my loot I didn’t notice the entire Village around me slow descent to zombie Hood until I turned around to see this whole horde of zombies with one with full diamond armor in the middle and I kid you not this

Thing hit me one time and broke my totem I was terrified what did this guy do to do that much damage so I very quickly flew up to the nearby roof and I sat here sniping everyone until I was able to destroy the diamond boy and upon

Destroying the last zombie I jumped down to pick up its sword and I got like four achievements at once it turns out that zombie had a pretty busted sword that had Smite six looting three and Unbreaking four on it today was insane I was speechless also a little confused as

To why Smite did so much damage to me when I’m alive or am I anyways for the next day day 139 after that craziness that had been yesterday I decided to teleport back home and take it easy for the day and sort out all of my inventory

Because my base is becoming an absolute train wreck so the first thing I did was whip out all of the new shulker boxes to see the sheer mass of loot that I had accumulated and after condensing all of the raw materials like emeralds diamonds gold and iron into blocks I had gotten

Almost arcraft levels of stons after this I placed out the remaining loot filed shulkers and I began organizing them as well and while organizing my shulkers I also found out that better Minecraft plus actually has its own storage mod that it turns out is very

Easy to use and to make the resources to craft so once I finally found a place that I 100% want to call home I can have a full inventory that I no longer would have to organize which would make this whole process so much easier but in the

Meantime I spent the rest of today and night pulling all of the useless items that I didn’t really need from all of my chests and shers into yeting them off of the edge of my base during this process I also disenchanted every piece of diamond gear that I had for some more

Easy XP before banishing them to the ground along with the rest of the trash and by time the sun had began Rising this is what the ground had looked like on the next day day 140 I spent more time organizing all of my inventory including emptying the piles of shers

That I had laid out everywhere and not going to lie I kind of gave up organizing because after researching the storage mod I found out that I would still need some kind of wall of chests and honestly I’m kind of tired of living here so instead of spending the next

Couple of days organizing i instead was going to set back out exploring in search of both cockatrice and a new place to call home but first since I could now pick up spawners I teleported back to crimes against cows where I stole both the spawner and the waist

Stone before flying back home for the night but before sleeping I also remembered to set up one last thing I crafted myself a brand new tool belt so I could now more efficiently manage my inventory and while looking for the recipe to upgrade the tool Pelt I also

Found these crazy villager items that I could combine to apparently upgrade the brain of an iron golem which kind of gave me some real Frank Stein Vibes so of course I was going to check that out in the future but anyways I made a bunch of the tool belt upgrade pouches and I

Blew through all of my crazy levels upgrading it as much as I could as the sun began to rise and thus began day 141 and this day was once again crazy the first thing I did was fast travel over to the heal statue from before where I

Lost a totem and I began flying around looking for the Savannah that must have been nearby and that is when I found it I found my long awaited Savannah Biome and it had both a sun Chief nearby and a teal sea serpent just chilling in the water so after landing I began taking

Some pop shots at the sea serpent expecting it to fly into the sky and get stuck on land step curfant arcraft style but uh no he just kind of sat here until I revoked his license to live and he dropped me a solid six teal skills nice

So now that that absolutely crazy high stakes battle was over not sarcasm it was finally time to hunt down the sun Chief like I said I would do in the first 100 days before I kind of ran out of time yes I do remember it so I ran in

To begin slaying his underlings and even though they basically couldn’t touch me it was still a lot of fun fighting them I ran around two shotting whoever got in my way until the sun Chief began raining rays of light down upon me so just in

Case it did any real damage I ate a golden apple before trying to find him and I kept hearing him but I had no clue where he was I knew they normally were sat in the center of the village but this one was stuck on the side of a

Mountain so I had no clue where he was until I finally found him dug into the side of the hill and that’s when I went in for the kill before being yeed into a bivion however that was not enough to stop me I flew up with my elytra to

Begin shooting him in the face with my bow and it devastated him after only a couple of shots he was getting real weak while firing off his new attacks but I was still standing unfazed as I took the remaining shots to banish him to the Doom Dimension where he belonged and now

Not only did I have his nice golden mask I apparently had an inventory full of the masks from his Fallen comrades as well these will make wonderful trophies for my new base once I find it and overall fighting these guys is a lot of fun I really enjoy seeing mods like this

That have really nice character models crazy cool sound design and just it just makes Minecraft so much more fun than it already was like honestly great mod pack anyways though little miniature ran over by the time the sun Chief had fallen it was now night time and I was hoping to

Find some Tre spawning here at night but instead I found this giant mutant step skeleton that would not leave me alone so I retreated into the nearby Village where I found this interesting Tower with a beastiary pedestal in a chest that I couldn’t reach I went outside to get some blocks

For it and Phantom started spawning so I found the closest Bed and I slept through the night to get rid of those sussy demon bakas on day 142 the non-stop Insanity didn’t stop I first left my borrowed house to find a goblin Trader friend that immediately got blown

Up by the scraper I’m sorry little dude 07s in the chat I stopped by the tower from yesterday where I grabbed the Lecter and I built up to loot that chest up top and after finishing the first Tower I found a second identical one where I ran into something massive

Apparent ly there’s this giant ocean creature called a butterfly Leviathan and I couldn’t shoot it with my bow and I was not getting in close to that thing so I broke into the building the safer way I found my first Beary book I used some of the manuscript pages that were

In here to research some things and I looted the chest up top and for safety I got as far away from this creature as I could after finishing up that building I continued moving off in the other direction until I left the village to explore the two nearby ships in the

Ocean to get some more of those sweet Vindicator spawners for more emeralds except I noticed a nearby rock that 100% had sirens on it and I’m sure I could take them on but for now I really wasn’t up for that challenge just in case because you never know what else is just

Kind of waiting over there so instead I continued searching the nearby savanas for more coat trees which huge surprise here was unsuccessful after moving through the Savannah I looted this abandoned House near the village and the upstairs chest haded two clean diamonds inside after borrowing those diamonds I

Noticed this strange alter nearby that I decided to check out it was from yet another mod that I had zero clue what to do with so I stole the main block and I tried to steal what looked important but I couldn’t break them maybe in the

Future I could end up figuring these out on day 143 after finishing looting the nearby Village in the savannah I had changed my mind about dealing with those nearby ships because I was a strong and independent Minecraft player who didn’t fear no Sirens so I flew in to begin

Taking pop shots at them and they had a giant butterfly Leviathan protecting them for some not okay reason so it was mission aboard I tried flying away from the sirens and I could feel them pulling me back but as hard as they tried no mob can bring me down so ignoring the sirens

I landed on the first ship and I quickly began my assault taking out as many of these simps as I could before running in to steal that Emerald spawner but I was too late and an extra powerful tier 3 subscriber spawned in and did so much

Damage to me so I flew back up to catch my breath and eat a golden apple and that’s when I realized that all of my golden apples were gone and I had no clue what happened they weren’t in my shulkers or my inventory they were just

Gone but I guess that was fine because after landing I finished off the last guy and I stole myself a brand new spawner along with the rest of their loot from the chests and after that I flew over to the next boat for some good oldfashioned Reckless fighting with

Minimal blocking seriously why do I why do I even have a shield half the time I don’t use it anyways though after everyone on the top deck were gone I broke through the floor Stole The Vindicator spawner and I cleaned up the last few guys and just like that all

Their loot are belong to me so now that I’ve borrowed all of their mortal possessions I placed a waist Stone so I could teleport back home for the night to craft 30 more golden apples because once again no clue what happened to those thank you Minecraft and I went to

Sleep for the night after waking up on day one 144 I fast traveled back to the ship where I continued my journey for a home I mean apparently because obviously these biomes were not going to spawn in cockatrices anytime soon and today was a

Day full of loot I spent most of my time stopping by three more of those mob Towers where I stole all of the spawners inside like a man of culture that I am I looted each of the chests where I found more golden apples I found Scrolls I got

A ton more XP from those tattered Toms which were just discount XP Toms when you think about it but yeah that’s all I’ve got and finally I found this interesting enchanted book that apparently Makes Me Mine very fast but never instantly so like it’s kind of like efficiency but worthless because

You can’t use beacons with it weird but anyways after finishing all three of these towers I discovered a buried desert temple pyramid with some more pretty decent loot inside I found more golden apples more tattered Toms full of Juicy XP and another Spirit orb which I absolutely love to find because they

Incentivize me to loot even more so I can get more hearts of health and figure out whatever stamina does either way it was now night time in the desert So I placed a bed and I slept the night away before leaving the temple on day 145 the

First thing I discovered upon waking up was how I could store both my bed and shulker boxes inside of my tool belt which was a absolute massive wrinkly brain move that makes looting exploring so much more fluent if I kept doing it throughout the series cuz I’m pretty

Sure I forgot after this after cleaning up my inventory and adding the new things to my tool belt I built up from the loot room of the pyramid and I set back out to continue looking for a new place to call home and throughout this day I found pretty much anything but

That I first discovered a new village with a friendly giant who was casually walking around and storing villagers in his stomach to protect them what a nice guy however I was not that nice I shot him with my bow two times and he dropped I guess the villagers maybe were eating

Him from the inside or something ironic how that works out and anyways after killing him and stealing his eye and skull that’s an interesting sentence I was going to lud’s Cave until I saw this second giant who was hungry for my gamer meat sorry guys but I’m not a big fan of

That so after leaving that attack on titanes Village behind I started flying over the ocean until I found this giant ship with Black Sails that I very bravely landed on where I started to Fruit Ninja all of these skeletons and I guess these dudes were huge fans because

They all just kind of stood here and um let me get a high score after defeating the entire top deck I went into the Captain’s Quarters where I onev one this guy perfectly while taking zero damage like the Pro Gamer that I am this is future pain talking here I don’t know if

That was sarcasm or if I was being serious I guess I guess you’ll know anyways it was now night time and the final thing I had to do was take out the spawner on the bottom floor which was pretty easy because all of these step skeletons were stuck and needed my help

To get out and after deleting all of them and stealing their spawner I finished looting the entire ship which didn’t end up having much on it that would make this much effort worth it but at least my XP was now through the roof for day 146 I set back out for more of

The typical looting I found about four different mob towers that I quickly stole the waist Stone the gold the top chest and all the loot from which at this point were becoming kind of a chore but that didn’t matter because soon I was about to stumble upon the perfect

Place for my new home I continued flying over an ocean until I hit this desert that had this absolutely massive and stunning Palace I mean this place looked like smallish beans had been inside of my world before me and honestly this place is so huge I didn’t know where to

Begin that is until I saw this next door Treehouse looking base that also looked amazing this place is full of zombies with diamond pickaxes and skeletons that occasionally kept shooting me in the face but more importantly this place looked like a perfect Contender to make

A perfect base so I landed on top of it and I carefully built down down until I was in range to smack each of the zombies without taking crazy damage and by the time all of the enemies that were outside were gone it had become nighttime and I could finally check the

Chests and inside of them was so much stuff including these animated items called coin dragons from both of these chests I got a total of four coin dragons and I was really hoping that I could have them as like pets or something and I also got a ton of other

Pretty quality Loot and now that the top layer of this place is safe I could look around to see what was nearby and this place truly had a million dooll view there were these giant black mountains with lava flowing down the sides in the distance along with this giant fossil

Sticking out of the earth and to our left was that colossal Palace that was probably full of things to kill and loot to borrow this place looked gorgeous so on the next day day 147 I climbed down the side of my base to begin slaying all the enemies down below and after they

Were all gone I checked more of the chests which had a fifth coin dragon and this thing called an Elda wood lava bucket which I was really hoping could store more than one source of lava maybe infinite lava oooo yeah I just said that what you can do about it anyways I spent

This entire day slowly making my way down each level clearing out all of the enemies until I stumbled upon this huge Rave of mobs below just to be safe I kept my distance while taking out skeletons one by one until I heard a super loud explosion either it was the

Skeleton that for some reason spread snow everywhere or a creeper got squished in the center either way I didn’t really care so I continued clearing out the pile of mobs until this place was finally safe and after deleting the rest of those crypto Bros from existence I checked my inventory

For some of the armor drops in this leather cap had freaking protection eight on it what even was this mod pack at this point I continued checking the loot inside of the chests up top of this place and it was busted I found an iron pickaxe and a bow with the

Indestructible enchantment so I tried taking them out for a test run to see if they would lose durability and after breaking blocks with a pickaxe this thing was standing strong I’m pretty sure this was an infinite pickaxe unfortunately though I couldn’t add indestructible to my bow because it

Already had mending or at least that’s what I figured I don’t really know anyways now that I was getting my first taste of these really crazy enchantment I was dying to figure out how boosted these things really were on day 148 now that my maybe permanent base was cleared

Out I placed down a waist Stone and I flew over to the top of the smish beans Castle so that way I could begin clearing out the place for some of that insane Loot and honestly today had me speechless I ran inside to break the first spawner I saw which turned out to

Be a wither skeleton spawner after taking down the first Wither Skeleton he dropped something that I had been searching for forever now these guys dropped wither bones which okay listen hear me out here I know it’s pretty obvious but ice and fire is a mod that

Has changed a lot since arcraft so I kind of forgot about this old glitch where they never showed wither skeletons as part of the drop table for wither bones and I know you think oh wither bones where would they drop from right definitely not a wither skeleton right

But listen Hur we out here fire and ice changes a lot so you never know but anyways I could now use these bones to begin making dragon bone tools and weapons but first I was going to save that for another day because this place is insane I continued running through

And taking out the skeletons and their spawners as quickly as I could so as few of them would spawn as possible and these guys were really beefy they took so many swipes before they went down but after wiping all of them out in this area the chests ended up having some

Pretty cracked loot the two chests on the next floor up had the typical Diamond Enchanted pieces of armor and other good loot and the chest at the very top had almost a stack of diamonds inside there were 42 diamonds in inside of this one chest alone and this

Structure was insanely huge the amount of loot in this place in comparison this tiny little room was a speck of dust and the grand scheme of loot it’s fair to say that I was in my element here and I mean this literally I moved on to the

Next mazike room on the roof and there were like eight spawners in there that I battled my way through and collected and this place just kept frying my mind these guys were dropping wither skulls I was getting enough spawners to make the most insane Farms known to man at the

Very center was this super op treasure room that was full of blocks of gold there was Diamond Emerald along with a chest with two shiny new netherite swords and as if I needed more of them there were 48 more diamonds this world was becoming more and more like arcraft

By the second which I know I keep saying I’m Sorry by the time I had finished clearing out this second room it was now the end end of day 152 for the next 3 days straight days 153 through 155 I went back to the Palace to continue my op loot binging

Spree I started off back at the top floor where I control Al deleted all of the regular and wither skeletons as I went around Breaking All the spawners and lighting up the area I ran up the second tower area so fast the spawners couldn’t even keep up with me before

They met their demise and of course the three chests up here at the top so many more diamond iron gold and rare items inside but overall nothing too much crazier than what I’ve already found after finishing the top floor I made my way down the staircase to this middle

Area full of zombies I sat on the staircase sniping some of the more powerful guys before I ran in to clean up the rest of the stragglers in any spawners and this area was kind of a scam because there were only two chests and they had some kind of mediocre loot

Overall but the overall design of each area of this place was amazing it was so much fun fighting waiting my way through here after finishing up all the rooms of zombies I headed down the orange stared area and I somehow ended up inside this graveyard at the center of a more

Massive set of dark rooms and at first I was handling things pretty well until I was knocked off of my tree and ganged up on by this Lightning Fast cave spider in a ghost witch which is a weird combo come on now so in desperation I grabbed

My fireworks and I Sonic Speed flew out of there with no regrets whatsoever except maybe hitting the wall once or twice we don’t talk about that just like Bruno anyways to finish up the day I headed back to my temporary base for a moment to actually catch my breath and

For the next 4 days Days 156 through 160 I spent more time grinding all the remaining parts of this dungeon Palace into the dust I first flew down to the second open area on the side and I was ambushed by more of those gross Lightning McQueen cave spiders but after

Fending them off from the distance I ran in and destroyed their spawner and I lit up the entire area after this this I spent the next couple of days clearing out as many of the spawners in dark areas as I could until my pickaxe was

About to break so I left the area to go back to my now super inefficient XP farm where I sat there grinding XP with my pickaxe and my offhand until it was about at 20% durability because for some reason in this mod pack it took decades to repair tools like pickaxes but

Anyways now that I’ve gotten most of the best loot from the Desert Palace dungeon I’m pretty sure I was done with it for now because I I needed upgrades I needed to make a new xp/ Emerald farm and I needed to begin trading with more villagers I also needed to begin making

My bone tools and weapons and finally I needed to make a real base with at least some Proper Storage so it’s kind of safe to say I had more important things to do than to sit there and finish the rest of that dungeon to completion but maybe in

The future we’ll come back when we’re a little stronger and will clear out anything that’s left so on day 161 I teleported back to my original base and I crafted two new dragon bone swords that I began enchanting until I realized that I still needed one more thing

Before I could make the swords that I wanted I was going to need to kill a dragon to collect its breath and to be honest I didn’t know if I was ready for that yet but today was the day that we were going to find out that dragon from

Like 20 days ago that was most likely munching my villagers as we speak in paintopia is going down so I organized my inventory to the best that I could to counter the dragon I I have a literal Army of arrows two God apples half a stack of golden apples a third totem of

Undy in my hot bar just in case I brought ender pearls and a panic Waypoint just in case I have to leave and fireworks after this I added a waypoint to my map by the original Village because I I can’t really teleport there the dragon might just eat

Me yeah you get you get the point so now that my Waypoint was on the map I flew the short Journey here until I saw him chilling near my original House onv twoing an iron Golem and a guard and that is when I engaged him in terrifying Combat And uh apparently I was scared for nothing because I was insanely overprepared for this fight and the guy just kind of fell over and died and just like that I had slain my first dragon in better Minecraft so I grabbed the glass bottles that I brought in preparation

And I took three bottles of fire dragon goo to begin making fire swords and yes I know it’s not what it’s called but I just think it’s so much more funny to call it that let’s be honest here but anyways now that I had what I needed to

Make the fire sword all I needed was some Lightning Dragon goo to make that beautiful purple lightning sword but for now the threat of this Village is gone and I went around checking on my villagers to see if any of them were safe and literally the only thing the

Dragon chose to burn was my original house I mean I don’t really care but like why why didn’t he eat any of the villagers but anyways most important thing is that my firework villager was still alive and strong because honestly this guy was the most important the rest

Of them could get eaten for all I care sorry guys so after this I went back to my base and I crafted my first flame sword of this world and this boy does extra damage towards ice dragons but first I was going to need real enchantments to make it into the

Godsword that it was so very much so meant to be but honestly today I had gotten my first Taste of Dragon Blood and I wanted more plus my inventory was still perfectly prepped and ready to go to take on more dragons so it’s safe to say tomorrow we’re going hunting so on

Day 162 I teleported back to the possibly new base where I had marked a possible nearby Dragon’s Nest and once flying over it the target had been spotted and this one happened to be a copper Dragon so because I was all ready and set to go I began taking my shots

And this guy had way more Health than the last dragon either that first dragon was just super weak or that Iron Golem was a literal Mr Beast but either way more health or not this Dragon was still going down I stood strong and continued shooting him with arrows until he shot

Me in the face with a huge stream of lightning which meant only one thing out of all the dragons this guy could have been I had found the exact Lightning Dragon that I needed so I kept hitting this boy in the face with perfect accuracy cuz I don’t miss until he

Finally went down I grabbed more glass bottles and I collected three bottles of that purple dragon goo while unfortunately wasting all of my scale loot slots but hey that was worth it because that’s two dragons down and now I had access to lightning weapons but I

Was still not done here as Billy May says but wait there’s more I continued searching nearby for more dragons until I stumbled across this village with the best blocks ever there was this dance floor with two DJs in r GB gaming blocks so of course like the gamer Chad that I

Am I stole all of them and it turns out that they’re super easy to craft more of so you will definitely see those in a future video after borrowing my new RGB gaming blocks I continued on until I found a nearby desert temple which is the perfect spot to find more Spirit

Orbs so I flew over to it and before going inside I checked my map for more Dragon Nest and I found another one a couple hundred blocks in the distance so as the sun was starting to go down I entered the temple and I dug down to the

Loot room where I found an additional three Spirit orbs which now put me at the perfect amount to buy another heart container and after I finished looting this dump I climbed my way back up to place a new wayist stone that I then used to teleport back home where I

Tested out placing one of the new statues to buy health and I gave myself a third additional heart after this I crafted myself the coveted and gorgeous lightning sword that I had the perfect name for and I was super excited this sword looks so cool but the next day day

163 I teleported back to that way Stone ready to make that dragon’s day significantly worse I flew in close so I could begin taking shots at him and I couldn’t really find the dragon until he Five Nights at Freddy jump scared me from behind and now I was angry I sat

Here taking shot after shot at this point while backing off as he got closer and closer until this big dumb idiot got himself stuck you could say step Dragon was stuck that’s not the first time I’m going to make this joke in this series that’s okay because I stole all of his

Skills in bones without taking a single heart of damage things were going GG easy so I was going to continue on my new found quest to hunt down more dragons until I got distracted by this platypus Minecraft has platypi I was now in love I needed this as a pet that I

Could name Perry the Platypus so I desperately sifted through my shers to find wood for a crafting bench as fast as I humanly could so I can make a bucket and use it to try and catch him and during this process I may have accidentally hit him and I was so sorry

For that but after grabbing a water source I plac it down on him and I now had a bucket of platypus we had gotten our first pet now I just needed a bucket of lizard and my life would be complete anyways to end off this already amazing

Day I had found another one of those structures that I was thinking about calling home nearby that I had to quickly loot the two top chests from so I sat here struggling not to get hit while stealing as much of the good stuff as I could and by the time this day was

Over I was back at home where I tested out summoning the coin dragons and they are so adorable plus they kind of just hang out wherever you place them this mod pack was too much on day 164 since my loot storage problems were becoming worse and worse I decided to teleport

Back to my possible new future base however I wasn’t really content with this area anymore because I am way too picky so I continued flying until I found this really sus looking ladder that brought me down to what I thought was going to be my Doom however instead

It ended up being a group of villagers and Golems this place was exactly what I needed because I was going to need more villagers to make my brand new Enchanted God Dragon swords so after exploring around this area I placed down a wayist stone so I could come back in the future

Before setting back out and even though I didn’t find the perfect place to live today today it was still crazy productive I kept flying until I hit a new desert with a new Sand Village that had more of those RGB gaming blocks which of course I borrowed followed by

Me finding this insane looting giant monster skeleton with a pile of beautiful Gold Blocks inside of its mouth of all places so while I was flying with my elytra I just kind of landed in its mouth that’s a sentence I broke the spawner and I killed the

Golden husk and I stole all of these gold stonks before continuing on to finding this Masterpiece of a Coliseum with a spawner in the center that spawn this giant Sky demon with a diamond armor skeleton riding it I shot this guy in the face for a solid 10 or so times

Banishing him back to the shadow realm where he very likely belonged before also sending his bony friend to the same fate and this dude dropped me this God tier uncraftable potion this thing gives you bad Omen five for raids 30 minutes of strength plus 1 minute and a half

Health boost and and saturation plus I now had the spawner that could hopefully summon more of these things so I could Farm more potions but anyways it was now night time so I placed my bed out to sleep underneath the stars in the center of this gorgeous Coliseum after

Conquering that Coliseum I spent the next 4 days straight days 165 through 168 continuing my journey for a new place to live and boy were these 4 days action-packed on the first day I found another one of those fossils with more loot inside of its mouth except this

Time there was a small small pool of water with some Emerald blocks inside along with some ores that were ripe for the taking except for some weird reason this red dragon decided that I was his worst mortal enemy or he just thought that I was a snack which honestly is

Pretty true but either way this man was not getting away with his crimes against me so while he was trying to cook me to a crisp I began taking pop shots at his face until he finally went down in the very fire that he had spread like a

Plague and since I had to waste so many arrows on him I thought it was only fair that I took his skin all 10 scales of it and now that he was no longer a threat I of course went back for those gorgeous Emerald blocks that had my name on them

And if you think this day was a lot well I mean things things got more crazy I later found myself in another desert because for whatever cursed reason my world was half full of them and this place was full of things to do I first stumbled upon another one of those

Underground villager bases except this place was emptier than Titanfall’s servers which didn’t really make much sense to me until this desert worm begins spawn camping me at the top of the ladder most likely this guy was to blame for the now lack of villagers but that didn’t matter to me because nearby

Was another desert temple that would hopefully have more of those Soul orbs that I could use to get more health or at least some more God apples and apparently another dragon’s lay nearby because while I was just kind of casually hanging out sifting through my inventory for a way to catch these

Adorable lizards that were everywhere this whole whole place was set Ablaze around me and this dragon caught me and started chomping my head I was terrified that things were going to end here so I ate one of my God apples in desperation just in case and after breaking out I

Began exacting my revenge for those poor defenseless lizards that this guy had attacked I kept shooting this dragon as much as I could slowly turning him into a pin cushion for my arrows until I ran out and that’s when things were getting super dicey because not only was I down

To my life 10 fireworks so I couldn’t escape the dragon but I also didn’t have my blue Shuler box that was full of all of my waist Stones which were my only real way out of the situation so I kept flying around the area with the remaining fireworks that I did have

Until I finally got close enough to my shulkers and one of them was entirely gone that jerk Dragon destroyed the entire box full of Loot and he took my lizards I was going to get my revenge but first I grabbed the shulker full of waist stones I’ve grabbed one out placed

It down and I quickly dipped out of there before I became that dragon’s food honestly I really don’t know what was with Dragons trying to eat me these last couple of days it’s not like I took any of their family away or anything so on the next day day 169 after getting back

Home I cleaned out my inventory and grabbed myself more arrows so I could delete that dragon from existence and that I did because after teleporting back and shooting him with only four more shots he fell to the ground right before eating this nearby f armor so I

Robbed his body of its skin and bones and I got a clean 19 more emerald dragon scales and now the desert was a relatively more safe place I headed back over to the desert temple that I was trying to loot before I was so rudely

Interrupted and I broke my way down so I could steal myself a bunch more Loot and inside of these chests wasn’t much but I did get this crazy ban of villagers eight enchanted book and another Soul orb for my collection and of course I stole all of the TNT from below because

I don’t know I like stuff anyways by the time I left the temple I was still so distracted by the lizards so I went online to do some quick research on The Mod until I had been enlightened it turns out the only thing that I needed

To catch these bad boys was this super easy to craft net so I went back home for the night to clean out my inventory and build some Nets and it turns out while looting the temple I had found this crazy spell stone that gives me all of these insane projectile related Buffs

At the cost of only being a little more vulnerable to wither damage and void damage nice for day 170 the very first thing I did because priorities of course was build myself some Nets to go catch lizards that’s right I’m supposed to be making armor but instead I’m catching

Lizards bite me upon going back to the desert I was confused because none of the lizards were being caught by the Nets and I accidentally smacked one and I really felt bad about it so I went back to my base to kind of figure out what was going on and I think I

Discovered the issue lizards are parts of the creatures and Beast mod and you can feed them by giving them apple slices which can be crafted from regular apples so I scoured all of my house chests for the single remaining Apple that I had because I used the rest for

Golden apples and I used it to make apple slices and after that I went back to the desert to try feeding the lizard apple slices and boom the net finally works and I now have lizards so I went around looking for more to feed my remaining two apple slices to before

Catching and after running out I tried right clicking another lizard just in case it worked and for some reason it did the net just kind of worked now which meant only one thing furb I know what we’re going to do today I spent the entire rest of today running around

Catching as many lizard friends as I could until I was very rely interrupted by the third Emerald Dragon the joke was on this guy because my bow had punch too which pretty much kept him far away from me until he finally went down and this dude must have been thick with three C’s

Because he dropped a whopping 25 count him 25 Emerald scales along with more bones and his skull and at this point it was safe to say I was becoming a dragon slaying God however on the next day day 171 I was about to regret calling myself

A god of anything I went back to the desert area and searched for more lizards and while I was there I noticed this stone brick sty spiral staircase that normally I wouldn’t go down because it’s super sketch however there were tons of villagers nearby and on my map

It showed a ton of villagers and it was all lit up so I thought it might be another one of those underground villager bases and upon getting down here it was one of the big ones there were villagers everywhere however once I did make my way down the stairs I got an

Achievement for finding something called The Foundry at the time I thought it was referring to this Village but boy boy was I wrong I began exploring all of the village Halls looking for any nearby loot but my mini map was full of other mobs and that’s when I found this

Massive and I I mean like stupendously giant dark Cathedral looking structure that had Fountains of lava in the center of each Corridor and there were spawners inside of this place there were spawners that spawned in these absolutely cracked piglin brutes in netherite armor and these guys had very scary Buffs at first

Everything was fine because I kept my distance while sniping them I ran in to break the first spawner and a lot of the loot was pretty mediocre but then everything went wrong I approached the second spawner so I could break it and a couple of brutes spawned in which which

Normally wouldn’t be a huge deal because of my bow but that’s when I heard the cursed hiss of a creeper about to explode behind me and this guy threw me directly into the stream of lava while I was being absolutely beaten and bruised by these piglins so after escaping the

Lava I ran like my life dependent on it because I mean it probably did and these dudes must have been from the Sonic metaverse because they kept up with me the entire time giving me no break I tried placing blocks to stop them from entering the village halls but they were

Way too quick and to make it even worse I accidentally placed down this block of quick sand that I had found and I ended up trapping myself in it with these guys who started doing insane damage to me they had a strong these piglins each had a strong three buff and crazy strong

Pickaxes so I did what must have been done I ate another God apple and I fought for my life until both of them were down this was terrifying so as the night was about to end I placed down a wayist stone and I went back home so I

Could properly prepare myself for that literal hell even though I was still supposed to be out looking for a place to live I know I’m very distracted so on day 172 the very first thing I did was begin placing out any and all shulker boxes that I had that had spawners

Inside because my armor was super dinged up from fighting the forge and I was going to need to grind XP back at my XP farm however this time it was going to be far more efficient I grabbed all of my Vindicator spawners that I had for emeralds and Wither Skeleton spawners

For extra wither bones and the chance at getting more wither skulls I plac these spawners in two separate columns down the center of the Tower with two blocks in between so no mobs would get stuck and ruin the mob cap and now this Tower was going to be an absolute Beast it

Took no time at all for other mobs to spawn in and these mobs dropped so much XP and way better loot after finishing swapping out the spawners spent the rest of the day grinding out mad amounts of mobs and this was going insanely well after only the first five minutes of

Grinding I already had gotten four more stacks of emeralds plus two wither skulls and speaking of Wither skulls I still had several nether stars back home that I could use to make beacons and a beacon was exactly what I needed to really make this place maximum efficiency especially since you know

Fixing pickaxes takes an actual year in this mod pack which is is way longer than vanilla for no reason so anyways I went back to my base to gather enough supplies for the beacons except I was missing obsidian and unfortunately the quickest way to get more of it was The

Foundry dungeon so I teleported back and I stole nine obsidian before leaving as fast as I could I wanted nothing to do with this place right now after getting home I crafted myself three shiny new beacons I then grabbed a ton of gold blocks and I struggled to construct a

New max level Beacon by my XP farm during this awful snowstorm however I now had strength too and I was ready to fully repair my pickaxe by grinding myself some more XP so for the next 3 days Days 173 through 175 I spent my time waiting up top of the XP farm tower

For tons of mobs to spawn and grinding my way through them for Mad insane stonks and I know I say it every time but this Farm was busted throughout these 3 days I probably killed thousands of mobs and not only did I repair all of the tools and armor including the

Pickaxe insanely fast but I also ended up with 75 total levels after passing that quality 69 of course and during these 3 days I also learned the actual dangers of this Farm because there was a chance that wither spawners can spawn mutant wither skeletons and at first it

Wasn’t a huge deal I kind of saw it on the map and you know whatever the first one ended up suffocating in the wall and I took all of his bones in skull for free however the next one was not that easy I waited for about 10 minutes

Straight while mobs were spawning and there were about five of those monsters in there five and at first they couldn’t really touch me until I cleared out a lot of the mobs and they were the last ones left then they started doing some insane damage by wall banging me it was

Almost like these guys had wall hacks and I was playing on nuke town because they almost made me pop a totem multiple times so unfortunately I had to eat yet another God Apple I just can’t have nice things in this world like honestly I just don’t know what it is with these

Recent days things were getting scary but anyways by the time I was done grinding all of these mobs I ended up with this insane chest full of loot I crafted all of the emeralds into blocks and I ended up with a solid two stacks plus an additional 11 which may not be

Faster than stick trading but it’s still pretty POG on top of that I also ended up with a ton of coal 10 wither skulls and a lot of stacks of Wither bones and cracked wither bones overall my farm was now very very overpowered for the next 2

Days Days 176 through 177 now that all of my tools and gear were mended I headed back home where I was going to prepare to take on The Foundry but first I’ve been seeing how I wanted to find a new place to live and make a storage

Network for ages and at this point I was going mad I had way too much loot laying everywhere and I could barely find anything that I needed ever so for these days I struggled to pull together whatever resources I needed to craft my myself the surprisingly easy items that

I would need to not only make the perfect storage system but also get portable storage access that’s right you heard me right after this network was built I was going to have access to everything that I owned while I was out on the go so I spent the next two days

Crafting the storage inventory storage Network route and storage request tables that I was going to need for it and now there was only one thing left that I needed and it was the crafting remote this bad boy would allow me to access all of my inventory and craft from

Anywhere in the world however I was missing one of the key items that I needed to make it sea lanterns but luckily I knew about an oceanographer villager that just so happened to trade them so I crafted the block that he would need and I traveled back to my

First village where I traded with this bad boy for a sweet stack of easy lanterns and after returning home I crafted the new remote along with a whole bunch of Link cables that would be needed to connect all of the chest tests that I hooked up to them to make my

Brand new storage Network however now I needed a house to place it in and you know what this base has been my home for the last 175 days so why not continue that Trend so on day 178 now that I had everything I could need for the storage

System I began clearing some space near the corner of my base so I could begin placing everything out I broke down all of the dark oak wood planks that were imprisoning this villager and iron golem for what feels like millennium and I cleaned up any of the other blocks that

Would make this whole area a lot more open so I could place out this wall of regular chest all the way up to the ceiling in the corner of the house after that I hooked up the link cables to each and every chest and I placed out the

Three storage blocks that I would need to make up the network after this I right clicked it with the remote in Mission maximum looting plus Ultra was now in full swing because I had access to my inventory from anywhere honestly why didn’t I do this way sooner I no

Longer even needed Shuler boxes technically anyways now that the network was in full swing I went around doing the most satisfying thing ever which was breaking all of my chests and rapidly yeting everything into my storage from off the ground I did this for every single chest including finally emptying

Out all of my shulkers and now I could truly live my life just like Larry this was one of the best and easiest mods I have ever used especially since I didn’t have to generate power I still get flashbacks to that arcraft video I swear

For day 179 now that I had finally fixed my storage problems I was ready to go back and take on The Foundry so I used my way Stone to teleport there and I slowly began clearing the spawners out one at a time to be safe about it this

Place was massive the hallways just kept going on and the ambient sounds were super Eerie I continued going further into the place I spotted this giant or or of what seemed to be Char blocks directly in the center and that’s when I saw the random Redstone emerald and

Other ores in between all of those very charred blocks which means only one thing this was a level five Dragon’s Den directly in the center of the place things were going to get interesting so I put some ender pearls and a waist Stone into my hot bar just in case and I

Dug in to see this gigantic Beast sleeping and as Danny deito would say I just started blasting I began shooting this thing with my bow and honestly the dragon was kind of dumb it began breaking through floors until it got stuck by the lava where I eventually

Took it down with arrows I’m kind of glad it hit that lava because this thing would have probably gone all the way to the surface and if that happened my life would have been significantly harder but I had easily defeated my first level five dragon and as it would turn out the

Dragon wasn’t really the problem here because under the nest was this huge room with more spawners and magma cubes the size of the sun but things were okay because I wasn’t going down there right well not quite I built my way up to the Dragon’s corpse to loot it except there

Was a nearby spawner that had already spawned more of those piglin brutes and something was off very off I couldn’t snipe them so as they got closer I tried to break the blocks under the Terracotta except I also couldn’t break them so I tried to build up and smack them from above

And I still couldn’t damage them this part of the dungeon didn’t seem right something was off if I wanted to collect the dragon’s drops which hopefully contained an egg for a dragon I was going to have to become clever to do this or so I had thought because after

Reloading my world just in case I was lagging or something everything started going how it was supposed to the enemies could be damaged and the blocks could once again be broken apparently these dragons are just as laggy in 1.16 Minecraft as they were in 1.12 but

Anyway since I could now damage them I sniped out all of the brutes that were camping me before doing this very risky Pro Gamer move where I flew over to the spawner of my elytra to quickly break it and these guys were really not a big fan

Of that because after I did managed to break it they chased me down several times and I barely had time to react I ended up just building up inside of the Dragon’s Nest and sniping each and every one of them in the face until I was finally safe to collect my winnings and

Upon looting the Dragon there was sadly no dragon egg only the massive pile of 48 scales and bones and after all that Ridiculousness honestly I was thinking about taking a break from this place so I ran out of that dump as fast as Minecraft humanly possible the next time

I go back here I will be way more prepared with a much better weapon and hopefully better armor but anyways overall I was down here until the end of day 182 so on the next day day 183 after getting getting back home it was time to start renovating my base for the new

Villager Army that I was going to need to make my new swords into beasts so to start this process I cleared out all of the random plants and other blocks downstairs and I spent most of this day just removing the dirt and stone floor replacing it with some much nicer and

More classy Spruce Wood I also increased the size of each Doorway to give myself more space to place different villagers along the edges and if you’re wondering why I said place the villagers instead of both them then boy did I have a surprise for you after doing a a little

Bit more research on how to move mobs in this mod pack I came across an item called the quantum catcher which I could use to pick up villagers from literally anywhere and bring them to my base however in order to make it I was going to need two things the first was spawner

Scraps which I could easily get since I’ve been silk touching every spawner I’ve been finding for the last 100 days the next thing was a block of Arcane crystals which I could find by mining Arcane down below so that was exactly what I was going to do I crafted myself

Several stacks of ladders and I dug down a two block area straight down as far as I could until I got to what I thought would be Bedrock but instead it was just pitch black almost like the void and that’s when I learned just how unforgiving this world really is that’s

Right it was just void there were just holes in the bedrock in this mod pack that’s terrifying but with that crisis averted I began strip mining for ores and yeah Bedrock floor just has random openings in everywhere AV void so instead of living life dangerously on

The edge I built up a couple more layers before continuing my Excursion and throughout the night I got basically nothing just some more coal and much needed lapis but no Arcane crystals so I thought I would move on to plan B which was to instead go caving the next day so

For day 184 I made the genius big brain gamer idea to teleport back to The Foundry so I could hopefully find a nearby open Cave System into both boy did I it turned out this area was full of so many different structures that it was an absolute dumpster fire ended up

Running into one of those multi-layer dungeons that are also in arcraft however just much more difficult and this place was covered wall to ceiling with vines everywhere and to make this mess even worse a ravine divided it right down the middle but this wasn’t just any Ravine because down at the

Bottom were the exact ores that I had come here for those round glowing white ores dro the Arcane crystals that I was in need of so I slowly made my way down there after taking out some more cave spawners and wither skeletons and I collected the first few of these ores

That I was going to need however I was far from done here if I was going to make multiple of the catchers for maximum efficiency so I spent the next few days pushing further through this dungeon area and everything was such a mess I ended up running into the

Structure made of platinum blocks that had these armored boys nearby and I found some gorgeous RGB gaming ores that dropped X petrified orbs whatever those were for I was down here until the end of day 85 when I found myself at a dead end that led me back into the very

Dangerous looking part of The Foundry dungeon that I wasn’t quite a huge fan of so I tried to retrace my steps but I wasn’t having much luck until I ended up finding this m shaft that was also intertwined with the rest of this mess and while down here I struck a massive

14 vein of diamond in the process while trying to find my way back up after getting those diamonds I kept exploring until I conveniently ran into one of the hallways for that underground Village and my way Stone was right nearby so I could finally leave that awful place on

Day 186 after getting home I had the epiphany of a literal lifetime no a lifetime made of lifetimes I grabbed my fortune 3 pickaxe for my storage so I can begin breaking spawners for scrap along with the ores that I had collected and after breaking the first spawner my

Mind literally exploded because spawners dropped Soul orbs along with the spawner scraps and they drop enough for one extra heart each I was beyond a static but before I continued exploiting that to the max I had to break my 14 diamond ores and the abysmal amount of Arcane

Crystals that I had gotten after breaking the diamonds they dropped me a sweet 36 and after cleaning up the Arcane ores they gave me eight which just so happened to be one shy of what I needed to make a mere single Quantum catcher but for now that could wait

Because I had a date with these spawners I began Mass breaking almost every Spawner in my storage system for Stacks upon stacks of Soul orbs and I learned something insane the maximum amount of Hearts you get from this statue was not two rows it was three and my hearts were

Now a golden yellow I was flipping the hell out about this so now that my health was now maxed out to the absolute best degree possible I began upgrading the stamina Circle which I still have zero clue what it does but but I got this super cool achievement for becoming

The hero of Hyrule which means I totally guessed it this was definitely a Zelda mod plus I still had more than a stack and a half of leftover orbs that I probably no longer needed and didn’t need to break the spawners for but besides not having enough Arcane

Crystals today was still an amazing day for day 187 I started out by throwing my shield into the enchantment setup for some extra enchants to make me even beefier with these three rows of hearts that I now had to make me even beefier with these three rows of health and now

That I was all set I fast traveled back to the desert village where I was almost consumed by that green dragon to try and find another cave with more of those ores inside and today was absolutely absurd I went back over to that nearby underground Village that had fallen

Victim to the sandworms and while down here I stumbled upon this nice little mini Ravine with tons of ores inside however I wasn’t quite far enough down yet so there weren’t many Arcane ores however this is when things turned crazy while finishing up exploring the Ravine I found this massive drop below that

Went straight into lava and I had zero clue what was going on so I whipped out a crafting bench since for some reason after fighting mobs I can’t open the storage remote and I made a brand new bucket that I used to grab some water so

I could casually float my way down to check everything out and I found myself in awe this cave was like Journey to the Center of the Earth and I could see tons of those white Arcane ores glowing alongside the walls this place was perfect until this level five fire

Dragon rendered in the distance down below there was a Dragon’s Nest directly in the center of this cave and the dragon had somehow escaped so so now I had to somehow safely fight this Dragon after managing to place enough water so I didn’t lose its drops after the fight

So I placed down a new wayist stone back up in the Ravine and I went back home where I brewed myself nine 8 Minute Fire Res potions just in case I fell in the lava and I spent the rest of the night cleaning out my inventory for all of

That future loot that I was about to get on the next day day 188 I traveled back to the Ravine and I began placing water sources up top so I had more safe area below before I slipped and AI tread straight into the lava directly in front

Of the Dragon like an absolute smooth brain I quickly struggled to drink a Fire Res potion and switch to my fireworks in my hot bar before flying out of the lava and over to a more safe side of the cave and luckily the dragon didn’t follow me which was probably

Because he was stuck in the lava must suck to suck hstp Dragon anyways while I was over here near another source of water since when Landing in the lava I tried to place mine which I honestly have no words for cuzz that makes zero sense I swam up to collect it and while

Up here I scored some more of that sweet Arcane Crystal that I have been looking for after mining those little bit of crystals a loot Goblin spawned in and normally I wouldn’t care too much but he had this busted trade to get a fortune five pickaxe and that’s when I went to

Make up for that super smooth brain moment earlier with this Giga five head one I placed out my ores and broke them with my fortune pickaxe and I placed down another Way Stone so I can go back to my base make a smithing table and create my very first Quantum catcher and

Now that I had it I went back and I picked up this little dude so I could bring him back to my house to totally not exploit him for trades in the future and now that I was in safe distance from the dragon and I had a new Goblin friend

I began exploring this Cave System more while Gathering copious amounts of those sweet sweet arcanium ores that is until I ran into a Boss Bar for something called the feris rot knot which turned out to be this huge Stone Knight with a sword in his back that was just kind of

Chilling in the lava so I did what a smart Pro Gamer would do around a bear and I poked it I placed water down to free him of his lava prison and just like the other two mousy mob bosses this guy was now going down and unlike the

Normal boss fights that are super hectic and fun this one was um basic to say the least his movement was so slow that he could never catch up to me and his attacks only happened when I was in close proximity for like 5 seconds and they were more predictable than the

Average isekai anime no shade though I do love isekai but yeah this fight took so much longer than it should have because he was only vulnerable to damage after he used his axe slam attack and got stuck and I would smack him in the back but after about I kid you not five

Hits his cheeks were mine and so is his trashy Axe and helmet that both apparently never break gu this guy never got The Mending memo but anyways now that he was down and all of the safe side of this cave were looted for the arcanium I was now ready to go back and

Take on Le Dron plus it was now the end of day 190 on day 191 after emptying my inventory I was finally ready to take on that stuck step Dragon I began placing water sources down to build my way over to him and this was probably the most

Intense dragon fight for the entire video no I’m just kidding this guy just kind sat here letting my punch bow push him across the lava until he died and now that his story was at its end it was time for me to steal all of their loot I

Placed enough water around just in case so none of the drops got burned and this Dragon was thick with 10 C’s it dropped a stack in 25 scales Plus finally I had gotten a dragon egg I could get a dragon and begin making Dragon steel however that’s probably going to happen in 300

Days because for now I had plans of a final enemy to kill by day 100 but if you do want to see 300 days don’t forget to leave a like if we get to 30k likes we’ll definitely do it but before we get to that I have to finish a couple more

Things on my list like finishing making more Quantum catchers to gather the villagers and to make my dragon God swords insanely op however while I was still here I wanted to check out the Dragon’s Den because something kind of seemed off the den was too long almost

Almost like there were two dragons spawn next to each other so I flew up inside and I guess this place was just warped for no reason because all that was left in here were subpar chests and this super fast Chad zombie that I wanted nothing to do with after finishing up

The Dragon’s Den plural because I’m still pretty sure there were two of them I spent all of day 192 mining out the rest of the Arcane ores around the area until I stumbled upon this underground mining bridge that was floating above the lava and this place was was super

Cool looking there were spawners everywhere that spawn different beefy and fast skeletons and the barrels were full of some pretty cracked loot along with more Diamond Enchanted armors however I didn’t want to spend much time down here so I quickly cleared out this place in full as fast as I could so I

Could move on with my Minecraft life and I made sure to take any of the remaining Arcane ores nearby while also stealing all of the powered rails because hoarder gang unite can I get some hoarder gangs in the comments anyways after finishing up the entire cave with way more Arcane

Ore than I ever expected I flew down to the waterfall and I swam up and teleported home for the night on day 193 I placed out all of my Arcane ores with my offhand while breaking them with my fortune 3 pick until I had enough crystals to make an insane 19 more

Quantum catchers with this many I could now borrow an entire Village at a time literally so after crafting the 19 more I teleported back to the forge dungeon underground and I ran around stealing I I mean rescuing every villager from this literal hell after collecting the eight

That I did manage to find I ran into another part of The Foundry with a spawner that was close enough to me to start pumping out those very dangerous enemies so I got a bit creative with my iron golem torture today I used one of the catchers to pick up this Iron Golem

And I struggled to drop him down to his doom and just to see how they would do um yeah they tore him apart like they were World War Z zombies so I was not going down there also why does this keep happening to my iron golems in my game

The world will never know so after that newest addition to the top 10 saddest anime deaths I was now out of this place because I had all of the villagers that I was going to begin trading with for my God swords so the very first thing I did

On day 10094 was was evict all of my villagers inside of this box from the first 100 days and I broke it down so this place could finally be less of a cluster it was now the nicest in here that it has been in forever we were finally making progress and speaking of

Progress I began turning this whole wall into a section of villager boxes now that I had the space I started to Glass in the sides of my base and I sealed each box with a job block and this is when I realized my mistake all of the villagers that I picked up started

Refusing to change jobs because the game had no clue what to do with them so these villagers ended up being useless so I had this quick idea to try dumping them into the nether to see if they would revert into regular villagers like in vanilla because if you put villagers

In the nether they forget their job blocks and they become normal So I placed down this guy in the Nether and he did not change so I just kind of left the dude here I guess this place was now the shadow realm because he was stuck

Here for eternity after this I spent the rest of the day struggling the mess with my villagers which I didn’t know who was who until I placed them and yeah pretty uneventful day because of the screw up that was okay because for the next 2

Days Days 195 through 197 I was on a crazy villager reroll roll get it I’m not sorry I teleported to the Sand Village by paintopia and I stole as many villagers as I could fit in my inventory that I took back to my base to begin the

Mass rolls let me just say better Minecraft plus enchantments are almost as good as rlcraft if not better plus so many of the default ones like Unbreaking and sharpness now have a chance to go over their max levels during my rrolling I found some insane things I found punch

Four before finding punch five which would definitely go on a new Dragon bow I found freaking protection six found this enchantment called Slayer that was level freaking 10 and worked similarly to sharpness or one of the specific enchants like Smite except for all monsters I also got capturing six which

Gives you a chance to drop a spawn in EG or whatever mob you kill which is kind of pointless in this mod pack but still pretty cool and I found scavenger which increases the amount of times you reroll a loot Table after killing a mob which means it kind of works like shiny

Hunting in Pokemon combined with looting which is insane I continued this process of stealing new villagers expanding their living areas and rerolling them until I had enough enchantments to make my weapons into absolute beasts plus while searching through the eggn IC book I learned that I could also make recall

Potions similarly to oral craft which would make escaping insane situations way easier so now that I had all of my enchantments together I spent the next 2 days Days 198 through 199 desperately grinding XP as fast as I possibly could to put them together and these boys were

Du buy levels of expensive these enchantments were so powerful that adding them together was costing me like 35 Plus levels a piece I ended up combining my last couple of enchantments together into a second book and now I was going to need 59 levels to combine

Them so I did what I had to do and I sacrificed my current sword simp Slayer I gave it this enchantment that I found called knowledge of the ages 4 and this enchantment would remove all mob drops from kills in exchange for hopefully some busted levels of XP because I was

Now sacrificing tons of emeralds and wither skulls just to get this sword finished and ready for my big surprise fight on day 200 and this decision was literally one of the best I have ever made in Minecraft because this sword was printing Levels by the second after

About 10 meager swings I had already gotten enough XP to combine both books and boy am I glad the XP was easier to come by now because this sword was going to cost 133 levels to fully enchant but this wasn’t a problem at all because after only a few minutes I found myself

Passing 100 levels and then I passed 133 the exact amount that I needed for my new godsword and I named it kusanagi noi which I really hope I pronounced well after a certain ability from a pretty mainstream anime let me know in the comments if you know what it’s from

Anyways now that I had my sword it was time to take it out for a swing and um when it says it strikes lightning they were literal every time I attack with this thing it rains down lightning that causes fires why would they do this to

Me so I left the XP farm to go somewhere where I could actually afford to damage which just so happened to be that iller castle that was near my base where I ended up killing Frost ma in the first 100 days and um yeah the sword lit the

Entire place on fire and honestly I know I worked super hard for this but I I kind of hated it so you know what I had to do I bought another copy of all of the enchanted books back at my house and I was back at the farm arm where I

Easily racked up enough XP to recombine all of the books and for some reason this time everything was cheaper the sword was only going to cost 100 levels and it was technically better weird anyways I sat here grinding more XP for a few minutes until I had my second

Godsword apparently and I named this beautiful weapon Fusion flare after the signature move of the Pokemon Rashi Ram and now this piece was ready it was time to see just how many drops I could get with scavenger and looting five and this thing was nuts it now one shot everything in here

Including only two shotting this mutant wither skeleton that managed to eat its way through two bars of my health this thing did insane damage even though I did technically have strength too anyways after only the little bit of grinding that I had done with the sword I had already gotten seven Wither Skull

Drops and just a couple of stacks of emeralds just a couple winky face for the final day day two 100 now that my sword was ready there was one last thing for me to do before my next big fight so I spent the first half of this day

Compiling all of the new enchantments that I had gathered so I could reenchant and godify my set of dragon armor not to mention I still had to name all of them after compiling all of my enchantments it was back to beating up the XP pinatas

At the XP farm for mad stons and I combined all of the enchantments together into single books for each piece of armor and they were surprisingly cheap but o did that not last long after finishing all my books I reenchanted my helmet and it costed me

61 levels not to mention I forgot to name it at this point it would cost me 39 more levels just to do that which isn’t much in comparison to what I can make now but I was really running out of time here I continued grinding XP and

Adding all of the enchantments to each piece of armor until they were all finished also for time’s sake I decided just to not name them because I had no clue what to name them for for now and these things were leagues above that basic protection for armor that I had

Before I now had a cult aversion five which weakens magic damage I take icy Thorns 3 which works like Thorns but instead it slows enemies protection six which is cracked I’m breaking three in mending plus respiration four on my helmet and feather falling eight on my boots which technically isn’t that

Useful because I currently don’t take fall damage at all due to my spell Stone and anyways but maybe in the future I would end up needing it either way I was now more crazy strong than before and while doing this I may have ended up losing track of time and it was night

Now but you know what I promised you all a boss fight and I was going to do a boss fight so after cleaning up the rest of the mobs in the grinder I started Day 2011 don’t tell anyone or as I would like to call it bonus Day by getting

Some things in my inventory just in case things still manage to go bad which I doubt with how how crazy op I’ve become at this point but Pro tip never no matter how strong you are in Minecraft ever assume that you can’t die because

You can die no matter what so I brw some of those potions of recall that I had mentioned before as a backup plan and I set out to find my everdon portal from the first 100 days and um I could not find this building anywhere on the map

Because I may have stolen The Way Stone a while ago so instead I had to use the blocks in my Zeal later again downstairs in my base and I went through the the portal and if you don’t know what this is yet this was a dimension in the first

100 days that I lost a totem to and almost died inside of one of these towers and this place was the home of none other than the Alchemist and this was actually such a cool experience so after portly to the dimension I headed into this nearby Tower to take this guy

Down I began heading up the stairs and if you didn’t know you can’t break any blocks at all inside of this place I made my way up to the first floor and I saw these villagers being being imprisoned by some vindicators I took out the baddies and I looted the first

Chest only to find a dungeon key apparently you need to find four of these to get to the boss I left those villagers there because I couldn’t really help them cuz I can’t break blocks and I continued up the stairs where I quickly searched the next two

Rooms and the first one was this cool little Library maze that I quickly solved with my massive brain and the other room brought back some bad memories the witch in here was the one who basically One-Shot me with her potion but now it was easy clap she had

Nothing on me I moved on to the fourth and final room which looked like the alchemist’s bedroom and it had this cool little custom cat model with a curved tail that was just kind of sitting by the door and there was an easy chest out in the open that had chest key number

Four and now that I had all four keys and I found myself at the top of the tower I right click the Block in the center and I was teleported to this Arena where I was joined by him the Alchemist and uh this fight was very

Wellmade but I was a little way too overpowered for it the animations and sound effects were topnotch as I tanked every single hit I kept smacking him down and the lowest he got me was literally by two hearts out of my three rows not a casual Flex by the way but

Anyways I kept beating him down until he hit his final phase and I defeated him once and for all and honestly I am so glad that I didn’t take this guy on the first time because I would have 100% died in here once you come to this place

The only way out is like a potion of teleportation or yeah that’s basically it you can’t place down waypoints if I came here in the first 100 days and I got stuck in this room I would have died so ironically it turns out that I owe

That witch my life so now that I’ve defeated The Alchemist and got my pretty awful rewards it was time to leave I went back to the portal and upon arriving home I placed out the trophy that I had apparently gotten and it’s actually pretty cool it was this nice

Little gold plaque that said Alchemist on it so maybe if we do 300 days in the future I could take on the everbrite dimension which had the next boss known as the Summoner so here I was on day 202 because I may have spent Day 2011

Fighting a boss in the previous 100 days don’t judge me anyways the very first thing I did was begin putting together my brand new dragon bow because I’d ran out time towards the end of the previous movie I crafted myself the dragon bone bow and apparently in this mod pack I

Could not upgrade it into a fire dragon or ice dragon bow which not going to lie made me kind of sad however that was okay because with the mega op enchantments I have already found this thing is still going to be an absolute Beast so I rechecked all of my villagers

And I organized my enchantments together before combining them all into one single book back at the XP farm and then I added them to the the bow for only a little over 50 levels and I named this bad boy h99 krui after one of towards the end of the anime Bleach huge spoiler

I know so now that my bow was done I fast traveled back home so I could begin testing it out except for some strange reason I couldn’t shoot any Arrows with it so I had a different idea and I searched for arrows in the menu and there they were for dragon bones in

Withered bone tips I could make myself dragon bone arrows so I grabbed a stack of each kind of Bones from my storage and I made a surprising amount of arrows and now that I had the ammo for my brand new bow I tested them out and this thing

Is insane hoto 99 was now an Unbreaking 3 power8 punch five mending bow at this point all I was missing was flame and I was thinking about making it Infinity in the future but for now I was ready AF to go back and Conquer The Foundry that highly dangerous dous dungeon from 200

Days of better Minecraft but before we enter that highly dangerous dungeon how could we even stand a chance without today’s sponsor Apex gaming as you probably already know I’ve partnered with Apex gaming PCs to create three custom computers to help you all get straight into gaming without all of the

Hassle each of these PCS have Nvidia graphics cards from the 1660 super to the 3060 TI and even the 3070 along with some beefy ryzen CPUs that will allow you to take on any loads from playing Minecraft on high settings with crazy fps to even using shaders while

Recording your gam playay each of these PCS are up to the task of making your gaming experience far better than ever before so if you are interested go down to the link in the description and don’t forget to use code pain at checkout for an extra 5% off your order thank you

Everyone and Apex gaming for this opportunity let’s get back into the video for day 203 after organizing my inventory in preparation for this GI giant hazardous dungeon I teleported myself there and immediately dove in to begin clearing the hallways and things were much much different now both my bow

And my sword were now capable of twoos shotting all of those jerk piglin brutes that used to take so so so many hits to take down and I was now on a roll even though the chest loot was still pretty garbage at this point I had already

Cleaned out the first area by the Villager Halls by breaking five or six spawners and all I had to show for it was a couple of bars of gold and iron but that was okay because down below is where I must go why am I Dr Seuss so I

Continued my way through the halls and I passed the tier five Dragon’s Nest and things were already becoming more intense each set of piglins that had spawned in were no longer dying in two hits but with my busted sword Fusion flare I had a massive chance to give

Them slowness four which pretty much numbered their days also apparently I had spoken too soon because the first chest in this area had a beefy looking God Apple inside don’t ask me why I use the word beefy all the time I wish I knew anyways overall I spent until the

End of day 204 looting these top layers of the dungeon until I ran out of various to go but I did end up with a ton of useless spawners that let’s be honest I will probably never use for any farms in the future on day 205 now that

I’ve cleared the upper floors and made my way back to the Dragon’s Den in the center it was finally time to go down below today things were going to get real and they got real real quick I climbed down the wall of the Dragon’s Den and before even getting down there a

Massive magma cubes and blazes began spawning I jumped off the edge and I used my elytra to fly down and there were spawners literally everywhere I ran into to break the spawners in the center and they began summoning these mobs called Foundry Sentinels that were riding hoglands and these dudes were

Pretty damn beefy once again don’t know why I keep using that word I wrote it in my notes a million times don’t judge me however I was a vegetarian and I’m not scared of him please somebody get that reference so I barbecued his hoglin and I quickly struck him down before the

Pile of magma cubes in the room began playing ping pong with my body and surprisingly between all of the fire damage and the magma cubes they actually managed to get me down by almost a row of my hearts which technically isn’t a lot since I have three but I do also

Have crazy armor and that would almost be death without my extra Rose so you know what this place was no joke anyways fast forward ahead after cleaning up most of the magma cubes I went around breaking the remaining Blaze and Magma Cube spawners on the sides near the lava

And I looted the chests which actually had some kind of real loot now I found a whole emerald block inside one of the chests and I found this insane sounding item called the forbidden fruit that upon eating would take away my Hunger Forever at the sacrifice of 80% of any

Of my regeneration effects which does not seem like a fair trade-off for the next day day 206 after cleaning cleaning out my inventory I kept on exploring the new areas around this floor and the loot took a full turn after cleaning up the floor with so so many magma cubes I

Began finding diamonds and gold blocks inside a chests along with netherite scraps and other random loot I also started finding a lot more powerful spawners I took on these much stronger wither skeletons that I wiped the floor with because I kept giving them slowness and there was still so many Magma Cube

Spawners and the big boys still managed to do some pretty good damage to me however after cleaning up this new area I continued moving towards different parts of the dungeon and the loot just kept coming and kept getting better and better I was Finding blocks of emerald

Blocks of gold gold bars golden carrots and withered TOS that gave me even more XP than regular TOs and then I found this item that kind of blew my mind inside of one of these chests I found this Keystone of Oblivion that has different modes that do different things

With your inventory apparently it’s really hard to explain but it sounds super helpful if I could figure it out and if you’re interested in what it does pause the video here to read through this whole wall of text just describing this thing it sounds nutty so after

Alluding the Keystone of Oblivion I kept moving on further through this place and it was beginning to feel like it would never end along with all of the loot because the next couple of chests that I looted had even more stons inside there was a whole bunch more diamond blocks

Diamonds along with nether scraps a netherite bar and my first Arcane scroll whatever those did but hey I did end up getting an achievement for it and I like achievements on day 207 I had finally finished all of the lower level of The Foundry except for the very center where

There was a small stage like arena with a whole bunch more Blaze Spawners I started off by breaking the center spawners that were hanging from the ceilings and I was trying to loot the chests and that’s when the apparent hidden spawners began spawning in mutant blazes and these guys may not have done

A ton of damage but boy were they scary they sucked you in like a cyclone and began throwing me around like midorya from my hero I ended up Landing in lava a couple of times but thanks to my trusty bucket of unspecified liquid let’s just call it water I barely had to

Deal with the lava and after hitting them with a couple of swings I was able to take down the first mutant blaze and then the second one and each of them dropped me a mutant blaze core which I didn’t really know what they were for but since they gave me an epic

Achievement they must have been important anyways after going around and stealing parts of those defeated mutant blazes I began looking for the exit area near the Dragon’s Den that I used to get in here however instead of finding that exit I was distracted by this entrance to yet another dungeon that was floating

Up by the ceiling and this place was a pretty good source of even more Loot and if you’ve been around in the channel for a while you know I like loot there were more spawners everywhere with wither skeletons and these highp pixel looking enemies that Lit me on fire and pretty

Much every set of chests had diamonds and golden apples inside I kept running through each hallway while cleaning out the spawners and chests until I found what would have been this huge room if it wasn’t stuck in the center of another huge underground lava cave that had tons

More exposed Arcane Crystal ores so I grabbed myself a waist Stone out of my shulker and I placed it down so I could come back here in the future to go and collect all of the loot that this place had to offer and after this I finished

Cleaning up the remaining parts of this much smaller dungeon and somehow I ended up back at the first lava cave near where I had taken down that Grand Step Dragon so I use my fireworks to fly back to the center water source and I swam up

And used the waist stone that I had placed back in 200 days of better Minecraft to finally go home a champion because I had now successfully cleared out the entire Foundry dungeon and it was now the end of day 200 in nine for day 210 I kind of just stayed home

Organizing all of the loot that I had pulled from that grade a trip to The Foundry I picked out tons of ores that I could break with fortune 3 and I smelted all of the gold ores that I had gotten from each of the chests by time it was

Nighttime I had all of the pure resources organized into my inventory and I had come back with one netherite ingot in 22 scraps four Emerald blocks and two emeralds 19 blocks of diamond and two extra 39 gold blocks and nine blocks of iron not to forget the loads

Of other random loot that I had stuffed into all of my shulker boxes including the ridiculous amount of spawners that I really don’t need and I don’t know why I took them I mean minus the blaz spawners that is anyways while I was organizing

All of this loot I was shot by what I thought was a random skeleton but no it was your friendly neighborhood mutant skeleton jokes on him though because my bow was now much more powerful than his I quickly struck him down before I heard a nearby lightning strike that I was

Terrified had hit the roof of my building so I flew down to the snowy field nearby to find out exactly why so many strikes of lightning hit during the night time and that’s when I found out that each of these lightning strikes spawned in super armored Mobs with

Enchanted weapons and pickaxes I sat here beating up the zombie until he finally went down and he dropped me his disappointing pickaxe and chest piece and while I was checking out this disappointing armor another special mob spawned in and started shooting me in the back so I had to quickly promote him

To the best position at my local Wendy’s dead anyways I spent the rest of this day moving all of that loot that I was sorting into my storage system so I could keep my Ender Chest nice and clean just like Father Vsauce why did I write that anyways onto Day 2011 after

Finishing cleaning up my inventory I looked up what a mutant blaze rod cord did and what they were for and they’re so stupid but I love it every time I right click this bad boy it yeets everything around me also thank you to these villagers that totally loved being

Yeated around and before you say in the comments there’s no reason to be worried about them here trust me they love it so now that I knew what the blaze cores did I went back home and I immediately threw them into my storage because they’re low-key useless and not worth the effort

That it took to get them at all also while I was here I noticed that a lot of my armor and my pickaxe were getting pretty worn down so I went back to the XP grinder where I waited for a couple of minutes and I whipped out good old s

Slayer to grind some mad XP which quickly mended everything that I had and brought me over level 100 not to mention I also got a whole bunch more wither skulls and stacks of emeralds so this day may not have been super crazy but it was pretty productive for day 212 I had

A couple of things that I wanted to do before going back out on our next trip I spent a lot of this day out Gathering flowers in the rain that I could use for different dieses so I could finally color all of the shulkers in my Ender

Chest because they had been driving me crazy for so long I was out exploring the forest past the edge of the snow biome I lived in while Gathering different flowers until I saw the side of this mountain that had so much exposed coal that I could not resist so

I kind of just sat here with my fortune 3 pickaxe mining everything the slow way and before I knew it the snowstorm had gotten really bad and apparently it had already become nighttime so as the sky demons began attacking me because apparently I haven’t slept in a while I

Flew back home where I dumped my pretty juicy amount of coal into my storage system before I would spend the rest of the night making different dieses to color each of my shulkers and after I had all the dieses I needed I crafted each one and I organized them all

Perfectly into my ender chest with one extra slot left but then I noticed something over in my search bar a mutant Shuler box which made me think now that we were in better Minecraft plus the end must have so much more loot plus I could now steal the Shuler spawners for my own

Mutant shulker farm however I didn’t stop there while in the menu I also learned of these things called Advanced Shuler boxes which I thought would have even more storage so I tried crafting one and it turns out they’re pretty much the exact same except you don’t have to

Place them to open them so now that my entire ender chest was done technically if I wanted to use these I would have to remake them all however not now because I wanted to go back to the end to begin checking out all that it had for me to

Loot so on day 2113 as I Was preparing to go to the end I had realized that my food situation was not that great because I may have accidentally broken those cow spawners from the previous 100 days however all was good because I had the power of villagers so I fast

Traveled over to this new town that I had recently discovered and I found the first poor jobless I I mean lucky friend that I could capture and now that I had my friend I went back home and I built a new addition to the Villager stalls downstairs where I rolled this guy with

A composter until I could actually level him up and this guy had some cool new foods like cherry pie Mulberry and passion fruit and then after maxing them out I could now buy more golden carrots in mass and while I was at it I also decided to stock up on more fireworks

For my villagers even though I could still come back here at any point by using a waist Zone instead of the end but you know what you can never have too much loot and you can never be too careful anyways while trading I was trying to get my Farmer to ref fresh

More but he was now being very stubborn so you know what that meant it meant it was time to go back to the village and borrow somebody else so I could speed up the process twice as much and after borrowing this villager I threw him into another stall until he had another easy

Trade to level him up and this dude was way better than the first guy he also had apples that I could use to craft golden apples or I could use to feed lizards yes I’ve not forgotten about the lizards and he also had strawberry scones and cake as if I was ever going

To use them but either way I now had two golden carrot traders in my food situation was pretty much solved so now that I was fully prepared on the beginning of day 214 I teleported to the endway Stone from the first 100 days where I was ambushed by yet another

Mimic however this time things were a lot different I was a new man with new armor so even though the mimic stole my gorgeous look I was still able to strike him down in three meager hits with Fusion flare and now that that jerk was taken care of I waited for the four

Times slowness that he had given me to wear away and wow I now know how the mobs that I attack feel when I give them slowness and that will still probably not stop me from doing it probably not so after I waited for my slowness to

Disappear I took off with my elyra and fireworks so I could see what this new end had to offer and besides some of the newer mods I recognized most of the terrain from back when I lived 100 days in the modded end right before my old

Computer fried that is 07s in the chat for my original hardcore world you will be missed but with those sad thoughts aside I pushed along until I found what looked like a purple dungeon on the map I flew over to it and I landed on the roof because I knew exactly what this

Place was and it was full of mad stons I broke through the ceiling and I began looting chests that at first didn’t really have anything special that is until I found this room that had a ton they were Enchanted diamond tools and armor there was a spell stone that was

Kind of difficult to read because the UI bugged out and most importantly I had found two of the resources that I was really hoping to find in the end so I could make this tool called an astral breaker that breaks a 3X3 by one area and these astral dust and ethereum ores

Were exactly the things I needed to make this bad boy also this is future pain talking here I never made this thing and if I did make it I don’t think I ever used it I was here for no reason anyways I spent the rest of this day wandering

Around this place more while taking out some of the things from Mario and there wasn’t really much more loot to be had so after finishing up the dungeon I went outside to actually touch grass for once in a while and while I was at it I crushed some Endermen to see just how

Many pearls they would drop and boy these guys were like broken gumball machines the Looting on my weapon is insane after setting back off to explore on day 215 the first thing I stumbled into was a tiny little Tower that I didn’t think was much however it turned

Out to be like a miniature City I broke into the top room and the very first thing I was greeted with was one of those rooms with a shulker spawner and four colored Shuler boxes inside so like the Mana culture that I am I tried breaking the spawner for the future

Shulker farm that I wanted to make and just like that I had gotten myself my very first shulker spawner which to be honest isn’t as useful as it sounds but you know what whatever shortly after this I fought this beefy looking Shuler that had spawned in and a heated 1V one

Battle to the death and after he was down and out I went around yoinking all four of those free shulkers because hey it’s free real estate so now that I had more loot I jumped down to the bottom room where I was ganged up upon by a

Pile of mimics and more shulkers that kept shooting me and levitating me and honestly this was just awful every time I hit a mimic they gave me more slowness four which destroys my fov and the shulkers would not stop attacking me until they were finally all gone and I

Ended up with a shulker spawn egg from this so in a way it kind of worked I got myself a new pet and I ended up with three more shulker shells and another mimic cream whatever those are for for the next 3 days Days 216 through 28 I

Spent way too much time flying through random biomes before actually finding something crazy and for some reason I was thinking there was going to be much more to do in the end but finally after day 218 I had found found my first real nend city of this trip assuming that

That tiny one didn’t count and this place had an actual end ship after landing I quickly blew through the different rooms in the n city and I of course stole myself yet another Shuler Spawner in four more brand new shulkers and after that there wasn’t really much

Left to look around at while in the city so it was now time to take on the nship and this place had about the same amount of enemies in loot as the first one where I’d gotten my first elytra from however there was a lot more mimics that

I now easily eviscerated with my massive brain and sword and of course after finishing off all the enemies I borrowed the elytra and all of that loot that I just mentioned from down below the ship’s deck which was pretty much the same as the last one on day 219 after

Finishing looting the first nend city I set back out in search for more better places to loot because not going to lie I was becoming very bored of the end Dimension I began and flying while my game was having a moment with all of the lag and the first thing I came across

Was one of those tall towers with a free way stone and a chest at the top so I landed up top so I could steal both and huge surprise the chest had pretty much nothing inside but that was okay because after checking my map once again I noticed another one of those purple

Dungeons a little bit past the end City that I had just looted I grabbed my fireworks and I flew all the way there and this place ended up being full of more loot the first chest room I found had iron gold diamonds Diamond Armor and other random loot including a dragon

Scale which I’m pretty sure is super important in this mod pack I kept exploring the place until I stumbled upon the next room and there were so many more diamonds and gold in here along with another dragon scale along with these things called Munda dust

Which I had no clue what to do with but they also seemed important they’re also really weirdly named anyways I continue looking around this place until I had exhausted the rest of my Loot and I set back out in search for more places to borrow all kinds of things from however

At this point the end no longer wanted to be my friend and I had conveniently found another Tower with a waypoint so I named it something like end last Waypoint in case I wanted to come back here in the future which I probably don’t and I teleported back to my domain

So I could begin counting all of my Loot and overall I was in the end until the end of day 222 for day 223 now that I was home I laid out all of the shulkers of loot that I had gotten and I began disenchanting most of the diamond

Enchanted loot for XP for some weird reason I have no clue why I did this in comparison to using my XP farm you know what you know what it doesn’t matter it doesn’t matter I I did it that’s all that matters honestly I’m not sure why I

Even took it with me doesn’t matter after exposing of the diamond items I gathered together my iron gold and diamonds which ended up being a pretty good amount however I still needed more astral dust because I only ended up with one of the four that I would need to

Make the hammer and unfortunately the only place where they spawn just so happened to be end cities which for some reason are much less common in this world so this meant that if I wanted to craft the thing still I was going to have to go back to the end which I was

Not about right now so instead I continued looking through the items I wanted to craft and I was now able to make two brand new charms that were busted I crafted this first one that gave me night vision and a 30% mining increase along with extra for fore and I

Crafted the second one that gives me additional looting monster damage and supposedly double monster XP and that’s when my massive five head gamer brain kicked in I teleported back to my XP farm where I waited for a bit for mobs to spawn so I could test out just how

Much more XP I could get with good old s Slayer and within literal minutes I was now over level 160 my XP situation just keeps becoming more and more busted and that’s when on day 224 I had an even better idea I was going to finally upgrade all

Of my tools for some Mega Enchanted bone tools increased my tool belt storage massively and create another flame god sword with the enchantment for super XP so maybe before these 100 days ended I could hit level 1,000 maybe because I quickly found myself distracted by the

Next best thing since I had dragon eggs now I could skip bone tools and go straight to Dragon steel baby so I grabbed the dragon eggs from my inventory and I began researching what to do to hatch dragons online and I learned a lot I first crafted myself a

Dragon staff using one of those dragon heads from my inventory so I could control whichever dragons I hatched once they grew up and after that I kind of began struggling for information online so I thought why not try the beastiary in game I placed down El Lecter and I

Began plowing through all of the knowledge about dragons and pretty much anything else until I 100% completed the book so now that I had a little more knowledge on dragons I continue looking up what to do until I discovered how to make dragon meal to feed the dragon so

They grow and the dragon horn which can be used to summon and Des summon tamed dragons I crafted myself the horn and after that I crafted as much Dragon meal as I could until I ran out of any beef pork or mutton which means while I was

Waiting for the dragons to hatch I was going to have to go back out on a animal hunt however before that I had a couple of options left in order to hatch the lightning egg that I had which would give me purple armor I needed to place

The egg out under the rain for several days however for the fire dragon I needed to place him in fire which to be honest was much quicker plus I really wanted the fire tools instead of the lightning ones for obvious lightning striking reasons I like arson as much as

The next guy when it’s not my house also don’t quote me on that on day 225 I be Again by trying to finish cleaning out my shulkers from the end trips before beginning to hatch my dragons and during this process something good and bad happened the good thing was I had found

The missing astral dust that I had needed to craft that item and the bad thing was that my storage system was now full I guess that makes sense when you think about it since the storage system was just a wall of chests and after having all the raw resources shove

Inside instead of blocks they take up a lot more space so to temporarily clean things up I moved all of the diamond armor crap from my storage and I began yeting it off the edge of my house into a nice pile down below my neighbors love

Me trust me after this I began smelting the ethereum that I had so I could quickly build the hammer until I learned that each of the three ethereum tools required for it also needed two of the astral dust to craft so even though I had enough for the hammer I also didn’t

Because I needed to make the tools first so instead of wasting my time going back to the end looking for more of that stuff which could probably take me the next 20 days i instead decided to focus on the dragons and I just kind of shoved everything back into storage for now

After this I went to the Nether and I grabbed some Netherrack and I made the pretty small brain decision to place this inside of my house where I had thought it was far enough away from the wood to not start a fire and uh spoiler I was very wrong this Dragon wasn’t even

Born yet and he had already almost burnt my house to a crisp for day 226 after finding out how to make a dragon forge I realized just how many resources I was truly going to need to make the dragon steel armor in order to make a dragon

Forge you need one aperture one Forge core 17 fire steel blocks and eight Dragon blown blocks so I grabbed all of the fire dragon skills I had for my storage and I crafted them into blocks before adding them with stone bricks to make dragon forge fire bricks after this

I used the dragon heart and some iron to make both the aperture and the core and now I had four more bricks out of the 17 that I was going going to need which after doing the math I had found out was going to require an additional

455 dragon skills to finish so it was safe to say I was going to need more dragons along with tons of animals for the dragon meal to grow the baby dragons also at this rate there was basically no way I was going to get a Purple Forge

Going at the same time for that purple armor so it looks like I was going to be stuck with the red Armor after all especially since right after I finished crafting these my first baby dragon had hatched and she was adorable I grabbed my horn weird sentence I know and I

Linked it to the dragon so I could now carry her around and summon and dumm whenever I would need so now that my dragon had hatched I was in need of tons of food and tons of dragon skills to finish my project I spent the rest of

This day organizing my inventory so I could set back out on a massive Expedition that I was going to need to get these Ultimate Tools weapons and armor so on day 227 as I Was preparing to set out I noticed I had some quests that I could turn in and that’s when I

Realized there were even more bosses I could take on besides the Summoner after defeating the first two bosses in the everdon and the everbrite dimensions there were apparently two more and not only that there was also a boss called the nether monstrosity inside of the nether so I collected all of the rewards

For what quests I had finished and I was given a blaze flamethrower that looked insane insanely cool but I was going to have to leave those distractions back here for now because today I began my food and dragon hunts I first fast traveled to the newest W stone that I

Had in the world where I had conveniently spawned in front of a dragon that was caught up fighting this whole illager castle and this guy was not winning by far because after only hitting him with a couple of arrows he was down and out and after flying over

To loot his body this place was a mess his body was stuck inside the blocks and they were dro drops everywhere not to mention the annoying illusioners that kept giving me blindness and slowness for which destroys My fov overall I struggled to get this dragon’s drops and

I found myself clearing out a ton of these guys before I could even get the items out of my inventory to collect the drops off the ground by the time I had everything in my inventory it was now nighttime so I landed on the ground near the Dragon’s Nest to quickly clean out

My inventory before sleeping and that whole process only netted me a meager five dragon skills getting this armor was going to be a grind on the morning of day 228 I picked up my bed and I began looking around this weird Valley that I was in this whole place was a

Massive chunk eror with super cut off cliffs and I looked up to the side of one of those Cliffs only to see an identical building to my base just kind of hanging out there so before leaving I decided you know why not check it out to

See if any of the villagers had any good trades and none of these villagers were even worth mentioning so because they had nothing of value I kept moving on let me tell you today was going to be a Dragon full day after only several hundred blocks I ran into my first

Dragon fight where I tried sort to face combat and the odd chance that my enchantments would impact what he drops and overall this fight was honestly obnoxious the dragon did nothing to me except waste my time once I finally killed him I looted his body for a pretty decent 21 scales although it

Seems like luding and other enchantments didn’t really make much difference after this I continued on flying until I found a second dragon lirer with a nearby dragon that was one v toing a couple of Drakes like the Call of Duty nerd that he was I swooped in and I twoos shot him

I shot this guy two times and he died this Dragon was super easy after the dragon was down I took out the two Drakes along with the poor defenseless and submissive cows that they were trying to eat before looing the dragon who gave me a whopping zero scales this

Was a literal scam Dragon zero out of five stars in Fiverr anyways after taking out the second guy I kept moving on where I borrowed a couple more way stones along the way from different Towers until I had ran into yet another baraco The sunchief Village I spent the

Rest of this night running around and farming all the small enemies for easy free masks and then I began tanking baraco on himself and I did so much damage I began smacking with my sword until he shot his massive ray of light at me that I blocked into entirely with

My shield before shooting this dude in the face a few more times where I banished him to the shadow realm and now that I had added all of their faces to my collection I placed out my bed and I slept the night away on the next day day

229 I was out mining my business inside of the new Village that I found borrowing all of their cows for dragon food until I witnessed this battle of the Titans there was a bronze dragon One V oneing an Amper right in the middle of the town at this point they were both so

Weak that I hit them each with a thousand years of death before stealing all of their Loot and again that didn’t end up being that much these dragons were holding out on me so after cleaning out my inventory once again I continued exploring for the day where I found a

Ton I first ran into this large mushroom house with piglin brutes inside and they didn’t really have much loot after this I stole the waist Stone off two of the nearby Towers including some more pretty subpar Loot and then finally to finish off this day I had found one of the most

Insane structures in all of better Minecraft that I have only found in the worlds that I use to make thumbnails that is until now I flew up into this massive Airship with crazy spawners and enemies inside I began checking each chest I could find but for some reason

They didn’t really have any loot that is until I made my way into the center of the place where there were a ton of wither skeletons and gross icky spiders along with lots of other random mobs I took out as many as I could until my

Inventory filled up so I placed down a wayist stone so I could come back here and I went home for the night to clean out all of the new loot that I had acquired for day 230 after teleporting back I began running through each area in the ship wiping the floor with any

Mobs while also lighting up the area with torches because honestly I was kind of thinking about living here I mean maybe I feel like I always say this because of picky I am and then I never actually do anyways though after finishing up the whole ship and

Exploring the top area I moved on to a nearby Village where I found my next dragon Target and again for some reason he died from only a couple of bow shots maybe I was becoming the monster that I had set out to slay myself this brand new bow was an absolute monster after

Looting this Dragon he dropped me another 12 scales and by the end of this day I was now up to a total of 63 skill scales which were definitely rookie numbers but if you think about it out of the 400 I needed I was kind of doing

Pretty good however pretty good is not good enough for me so for the next 6 days straight I continued My ultimate dragon hunting Adventure where I continued on five shotting dragons with my godbow on day 231 I first took down an ice dragon which isn’t very useful

For the fire stone bricks but he did drop me a whopping 32 scales after after this I found a bronze dragon that after only five more shots dropped me 28 more skills I ended off this day by taking out this fine red fire dragon who dropped me an additional 33 more red

Scales and all of a sudden dragons were actually starting to cooperate with me for the next set of days Days 232 through 234 I started off my hunt with this first bronze dragon that I really wanted to burn me while lagging my game however after making him eat his own

Words I was now up 31 one more bronze skills in my inventory joke was on him L plus ratio Dragon after that I found my game coming to a complete halt where I tried to take on this ice dragon however after the game snapped back to reality

Just like Eminem said I also took this dragon out to dinner and they gifted me a free 17 blue scales in my honor what a gentleman I kept hunting dragons at this pace while for some reason dealing with constant game crashes and lag inside of

The ice biomes until the end of day 236 where I totaled out enough dragon skills to get me up to a total of 12 dragon forge fire bricks which meant I now only needed five more blocks which unfortunately meant I now needed enough to craft the four bricks two more times

Which was still about 90 more dragon skills but anyways during the last day of hunting I had ran into this crazy looking dragon type that I’ve never seen before and honestly this guy made it legit very difficult to see anything thing on my screen and after killing it

It turned out to be from the worm Roost mod that I didn’t even know was inside this mod pack in between all the dragon fights during these days I also found a whole bunch of chimpanzees that I of course had to capture and I took out another barocco the sun cheep only to

Finally find a Savannah cockatrice and not just one there were tons of them if you’ve seen the first two videos you’d know my struggles with these stupid animals honestly it’s sadly ironic for day 237 after stopping back in my base I decided to take a quick trip back to the

XP farm so I could repair my armor and after only a couple of minutes of borrowing their XP my armor was back to New and I left off on the perfect number like the absolute gamer of culture that I am and speaking of culture if you’ve

Gotten this far in the video so far and you are not subscribed I honestly don’t know what you’re doing with your life here I’ll make the screen black just so you can look at yourself in the mirror and think about it for a little bit think about why you’ve not subscribed

Yet but for real if you do enjoy this video I make lots others like it including my other hardcore series and it would mean a lot to me if you did subscribe also don’t forget to leave a like on the video because that really helps me in the algorithm as well if we

Can hit 30,000 likes on this video I’d be a pretty happy guy anyways now that that Shameless plug and my armor repair were over I looked at the map for a new direction to travel and hunt for more dragons and I set off South of my house

And not long after flying over all of the betas below me I found my first Dragon Nest of the day which consisted of this bronze dragon that didn’t really care to guard his treasure very much I hit him with the old razzled Dazzle and this man was down in an instant what an

Easy way to get 15 free bronze scales after this I set back out and searched for more dragons but instead all I found before this day ended was another mini Pillager castle where I stole some basic loot from the attic and and a small village with more wyverns just hanging

Around waiting for me to steal their meat winky face why did I say winky face anyways it was now Sundown and I casually stole this villager’s bed as he went out for a late night trip to get milk where he probably wouldn’t return just like Dad for the next 3 days Days

238 through 240 I set out in search for more dragons and these days were anything but lucky most of the time I found myself flying over ocean after Ocean after ocean after Ocean that were full of pirate ships and non-grass touching fish that is until I ran into

Another good old friend this super laggy bronze dragon that I very quickly Made Easy work of and I stole his skin which now put me up to 35 bronze scales 1/3 of the way to the 90 that I needed after killing that Abomination I continued on my landless journey until I noticed this

Peculiar looking structure underwater so I de decided to land on a nearby pink sand beach so I could check it out and I found myself surrounded by these Mass dudes right after I got the achievement renai circulation which is a really weird name I swam back up to see just

What I had gotten myself into and it was a plague Asylum apparently I’m guessing this place was going to be just as rough as The Foundry the massive underground dungeon that I had conquered earlier I mean after all this place was just as laggy so I began preparing myself for

This most likely torment I’m not a masochist I swear I placed down a Way Stone that I named after the Asylum and I made my way over to the nearby Giant to take him out just in case he got any ideas about snacking on my gamer cheeks

I took one shot and he disappeared apparently I can One-Shot Giants now after this I jumped into the water to grab his eye and shortly after I was jumped by a sea serpent short story even shorter my giant eye was on sale it was buy one get three serpent scales free

After taking my new friends out to dinner where I left them to pay I fast travel back home to clean out my inventory and make more Dragon arrows before going to sleep for the night on day 241 now fully prepared I went back to the Asylum Waypoint where I began my

Journey into what I thought was going to be a very interesting and dangerous place however instead it turns out the water had ruined everything every single inch of this place was covered in sources of water that were Beyond noisy and very laggy but even with all of that

I still kept pushing forward there weren’t many enemies around because you know all of the wet but while down here I did manage to collect a whole pile of witch and Wither Skeleton spawners along with a good amount of gold some diamonds and crazy potions from a bunch of

Different chests including these insane bad Omen 5 potions which would make for some really fun future rating but for now I was done with this place there was no challenge minimal Loot and things to kill and lag lots and lots of lag so I kind of just

Left and honestly I will probably never come back one star on Yelp for day 242 things were very different I had been away from this world for several weeks because I was moving in real life and now my setup was entirely different but nonetheless I still remembered what I

Had to do inside of this world I was hunting for more dragons so I checked my map to see any directions that I haven’t been in yet and I sent off to the West in search of more of those beautiful beasts to slay but before finding any

Dragons I first ran into this exotic looking building that was full of more cow people why does it sound so weird calling them that I landed nearby trying to see how many spawners were inside and upon looking into the sky I noticed another one of those god tier ships

Floating above so I grabbed myself some torches to begin lighting up the inside of the building and I began my push through overall there was only a few spawners and not many of the enemies really did much to me basically while I was here I control alt deleted each and

Every one of those great value technoblades before looting each of the barrels in chests and things were pretty cheap minus the random supplies that could help me go to the end if I hadn’t already done that but anyways now that this place was done I made my way up to

The ship above where I landed down inside and I began Obelisk obliterating anything that dared move in my way and at first the loot here was garbage just like the place before but after a couple of chests I felt like they were trying to bribe me because I kept finding both

Netherite and more netherite scraps however that was not enough so after cleaning out the whole inside I broke some of their Windows like any civilized neighbor would do and I landed on a nearby island in the sky where I spent my night dumping my inventory into shulkers before continuing my hunt for

More dragons on day 243 after setting off from that disturbingly slimy Island I dropped down into the ocean to yoink some beautiful gold blocks from this portal only for me to be jumped by this massive Leviathan but no matter how much damage he did to me I had God and Anime

On my side so I quickly knocked him out of my domain this ocean was now mine but not for long because I was out and about looking for more dragons to lead to their demise except in proper pain domination fashion I was very quickly distracted over and over I first ran to

This village with yet another sunchief that had an army of healers that constantly stopped me from taking him down in fact this fight was so absurd that a random sea serpent took advantage of the chaos by trying to bodys slam me like a Snorlax but long story short both

Snorlax and the sun Chief were telling Iron Man that they didn’t feel so good after I was done with them and after all of that chaos I decided to check on a couple of nearby ships in the ocean for their kills and loot and I land it on

Rapunzel’s tower here with a a free real estate Way Stone that I used to drop my things off back at my base and I slept away the night for day 244 I teleported back to the tower to continue my search after checking the map I had found two

Beautiful things I first headed over to this Dragon’s Nest where I 1 V one this very handsome Lightning Dragon in a game of Search and Destroy and this dude was terrible I ninja diffuse the bomb took him to the cleaners before collecting his whopping 35 dark blue scales after

Taking his skin for myself I moved on to yet another one of those giant colorful sand places where I spent until the end of day 245 looting some of the best loot rooms this place had to offer I walked away with stacks on stacks of diamonds gold

Emerald blocks along with some more easy spawners however after looting the best of the best loot here I decided I was done for now because the making of op dragon armor was the only thing that I had on my mind on day 246 before setting back out for hunting dragons I decided

To take a quick break from this hunt to sit back at my XP farm where I grinded myself above level 200 and I repaired my nearly broken pickaxe and overall today was just kind of a pretty chill day I had a lot of damage on my armor from all

The dragon fights and I decided that you know I should sit here have a little spa day and prepare myself for more of the chaos that was soon to come and B way was their chaos because for the next 6 days straight until day 253 I was out striking down dragons left

And right I first started off my Rampage by meming on the small brained black dragon by deleting it from existence with a mere couple of shots from my Godlike bow and this guy dropped me 25 black dragon skills which weren’t that useful for what I needed but hey after a

Fight as easy as that I couldn’t really say no anyway shortly after that fight I found and adopted this brand new emu friend that I was going to name Kevin after getting my new friend Kevin I then hunted down this gr fire dragon where I also destroyed him with a couple of bow

Shots and honestly these Dragon fights were becoming easier and easier by the day wow there’s probably an innuendo hidden in there throughout these days I hunted down Dragon after Dragon after Dragon while collecting the scales from each and every one however that was not all during some of these days I also got

Into to a 3v1 fight with a sea serpent and two more leviathans I started an allout war with a monkey tribe from the village hidden in the jungle and I found these adorable seals that I adopted to become part of the domination Nation kind of like what you should do by

Subscribing to the channel woo I so sorry you had to hear that so by the time it was the end of day 253 I was now up tremendously I had now gotten 54 red dragon scales 25 black dragon skilles 18 gray scales 21 bronze scales 25 white scales 10 Emerald scales

31 Silver scales 12 light blue scales and loads of other dragon and sea serpent loot I was another few steps closer to my completely busted armor and overall I was thrilled that I was pretty much done fighting dragons because they took forever to find so on day 254 after

Returning home I gathered all of the spoils from war and I began crafting them into blocks so I could make the remaining Forge blocks that I was missing to build my Forge I made my way over to the small Hill near my house and I cleared out some dirt so I could

Finally build my brand new dragon forge after building it I had realized something there were two things that I needed now before I could truly begin making these weapons and armor I now needed to become Hiccup from How to Train Your Dragon and raise myself a

Dragon and I needed to to hunt even more dragons for their dragon’s breath because I needed that to put inside of the forge and turn iron into Dragon steel so after fighting all of those dragons and thinking that I was done with it I was not I ended up having so

Much more to do so after building the forge I used my dragon horm to summon my handsome little dragon dude here and I began feeding her to make her big and healthy and this little dude repaid Me by immediately working on the forge to make my very first Ingot of drag steel

And I kid you not this dude immediately started acting up and tried to destroy my house right after this dude was unhinged and she needed to be fed so on day 255 I was back out except this time in search for different animals to feed my new dragon I started out by stopping

My nearby Villages where instead of doing the smart thing and collecting the cows to be bred i instead killed them in Cold Blood which I would soon learn was a huge mistake because throughout the rest of this day there were no more animals I kept flying everywhere and all

I found was a couple of ships full of pillagers in the ocean with some pretty mediocre Loot and just empty Fields with no animals I pretty much spent this entire day flying over land and then ocean where I couldn’t find any more land and I ended up killing a couple of

Sirens and I even defeated the sea serpent with my own bare hands and overall it was it was pretty unsuccessful day it was it was a rough day but at this point it had become night time so I placed my bed nearby and I slept away the spooky scary night

Today was about as bad as the notes that I wrote four today on day 256 after waking up the very first thing I did was set back out in search for more animals that is until I instead became extremely distracted with these pirate ships full of skeletons and pillagers and

Ironically they had chests full of the very things I was searching for I found pork chops raw mutton raw beef all perfect to be turned into more Dragon feed anyways after raing these ships I continued on my mini Journey for food where I found this giant just munching

On these villagers and I was going to take him down but I had just freshly ran out of arrows which was kind of awkward but I did make do with what I had by taking just a couple of his sheep nearby while he was distracted and after that I

Borrowed one of the Villagers houses so I could sleep the night away for the next stay day 257 after setting off from that nice gatekeeper’s house I was still looking for cows and sheep and instead I found these gorgeous Dragon looking dudes that I absolutely needed to adopt

I grabbed more of my magical cubes of stealing and I yed each and every one of them before continuing on to find the perfect thing that I was looking for while looking for more animals I had stumbled upon another piglin Village hidden in the fog and this place had

Exactly what I was looking for a cow spawner I could finally use this to grind for more meat to feed my dragon weird sentence I know so after Gathering the spawner I used the way Stone to teleport myself back home where I spent the night farming these cows while being

Interrupted constantly by a mutant skeleton and this absolute Chad of a mutant zombie that for some reason kept respawning but invisible so at this point I said screw it and I retreated back to my base to sleep away my problem just like in real life anyways on day

258 I used my silk touch pick to gather a bunch of grass blocks that I could use to build a temporary place inside of my base to farm my newly acquired cow spawner so this way they could continue to spawn while I was kind of just chilling around my base and actually

Accomplishing things instead of just afking I placed all of the grass down downstairs along with a set of fences around it and I placed the Spawner in the middle so these guys could begin spawning and now that I had an abundance of food spawn spawning in my base I took

All of the meat that I had gathered and I crafted about 40 plus Dragon meal to feed my new dragon friend however my dragon had a much different idea than that because I could not get her to stay still for anything the dragon would not sit down the dragon staff didn’t work

And I even crafted a fire dragon Crystal to try and force her to stay with no luck this Dragon just did not want to eat more to grow apparently overall I wasted this entire day trying to manage my dragon that just was not having any

Of it I began day 259 by researching the ice and fire mod to find out what I actually needed and after just a little bit of research I found out about something called a dragon flute with this bad boy I could now supposedly ground my dragon just by blowing the

Flute and finally the dragon was kind of listening and now this dude was finally ready to behave I began stuffing as many Dragon meal into her her face as I could and she grew to a massive size by the time I was done feeding the dragon all

Of my bone meal she was almost max level and I could now ride the dragon so now that my little dude was all grown up and ready to start blasting away at some steel I was now in need of more Dragon Blood however in order to get more

Dragon Blood I was going to need more bottles and with my look I had just ran out of glass so I went back to the the original paintopia to gather myself some sand I went back home popped it into the furnace for glass and while I was

Waiting for it to smelt I grabbed some emeralds so I could do some classic capitalism with my end villager for more fireworks got to fix inflation somehow on day 260 now that I had the glass I needed I crafted almost a stack of glass bottles and I teleported back to my most

Recent waist ston so I could go searching for you guessed it more dragons I know no I’ve done nothing but kill dragons in this video anyways after only a little bit of flying I found this ice guy that I didn’t really need because I was making fire dragon steel

But you know what I can’t resist a good fight so I onev one this Dragon into the ground where at the very last second I was grabbed and tossed around like some ragd doll by this Mike Tyson crocodile man better Minecraft be scary after defeating both the dragon and Mike Tyson

I decided to steal some ice blood anyways for a rainy day and I was back on my journey for Dragon these I I mean uh dragons I was I was back searching for dragons and boy did this journey go super well I first found one of those Blackstone Lake dungeons that I couldn’t

Really find the key master whatever to I kept flying until I found a Dragon’s Nest on the map and the second I got near it my game crashed and if you’ve ever played better Minecraft before you probably know that it does not load very fast even with the best PC in the world

This mod pack still takes forever to load sometimes because there are 300 plus mods today was not the best day especially because while waiting for my game to reload it crashed again and after finally loading in again I was finally able to take on the dragon but only after this short Cyclops admission

Anyways after taking the short Cyclops to dinner and turning the dragon into dessert I ended up with five of the dragon breath that I was going to need because each Dragon caps at five which kind of sucks cuz that means I I was going to take on so many more dragons

Just to get this Armor after I had already taken on you know what you get it you get it I killed a lot of dragons to get this armor and I’m still not there so after taking down and looting that Dragon I spent the next 2 days Days

261 through 262 out exploring for yet more dragons while flying around looking for more dragons nests I kept running into those mini towers with free real estate gold blocks and way stones on the roof and I hit the jackpot with another hidden mushroom Village complete with another cow piglin spawner that I could

Add to my collection to make a steak farm for more dragon food at this rate by the end of these 300 days I could have a dragon Army I continued exploring further and I ran into multiple more of those towers that I joed the same wayist

Stones from and I even got a third cow spawner from yet another mushroom Village that were surprisingly becoming pretty common now to end off these two days I finally found another fire dragon that I very easily took down however he was hanging out with the wrong crowd

Because nearby there was a Hydra and I really wanted to kill this Hydra because they dropped something called a hydra’s heart that gives you regeneration when you put it in your hot bar except this guy was in his prime habitat he was just swimming around in the shallow warm

Ocean with his rapid fire poison so I could barely get close to him arrows didn’t really do much because he needed consistent damage to actually die and since he kept camping in the water he was basically Untouchable however I was not about to quit here so I placed down

One of my waystones and I teleported back home for the night to prepare for the absolute clowning this man was about to receive after getting home I crafted several more stacks of dragon bone arrows and I placed the other two cow spawners in the grass pen downstairs to

Speed up the temporary Farm spawns for That Sweet meat wow that sounds wrong for day 263 now that I was fully prepared I teleported back to the Hydra and I began using my Bow’s insane knockback to slowly push this dork onto dry land and that’s when I went in for

The kill I used my elytra to swoop in and after only a few smacks with my godsword the Hydra was no more and he had dropped two of his legendary items that gave me free regen whenever I had them in my hot bar at this point there

Was no man or beast left that could oppose me I was becoming cracked plus Ultra this world was going to no pain so now that my arch nemesis the Hydra had been defeated I spent the rest of this day on an absolute Rampage I found and defeated another dragon that gave me

Five more dragons blood I found another mushroom Village and this one had an insane three more cow spawners I could now make a cow Tower also known as a cower anyways after the sun had gone down I found myself testing out my might by beating up all of these Diamond

Zombies and skeletons and they were dropping loot like pin atas after cleaning out this base and stealing their loot I found myself finishing off the Night by protecting and accidentally killing all of the villagers in this nearby Village when trying to fight off this named zombie and unfortunately

There was no survivors and it definitely was not my fault no comment anyways on day 264 things started going pretty great I placed down more of my spawners and I harvested enough cows to make a ton more Dragon meal for my dragon and after that I went outside to my Forge I

Began putting her to work and this is where things went wrong this Dragon kept leaving her post at the forge and trying to destroy my house I kept using my flute to ground her until finally tragedy had struck this dude rammed my house and set everything on fire I tried

So hard to stop myself from losing everything and after a Solid 5 to like 10 minutes of struggling the fire was finally under control I technically saved my house minus this entire corner but at least all of my villagers and all of my loot were still safe honestly at

This point I was really regretting placing this thing that close to my house literally why don’t dragons behave and also why did I continue to take this risk honestly I was more disappointed in myself than I was in the dragon at this point and now technically I needed a new

Place to call home although realistically I was probably not going to move so in true disappointed fashion I went to sleep for the night on the morning of the next day day 265 I flew down to the forge to assess um everything my house now had a massive

Crater in the side of it and on top of that the dragon barely even cooked any of the steel in the poop icing on top of the poop icing cake I was now going to need like 30 more Dragon Blood to make enough steel for all of the armor and

Weapons that I was going to need and once again I was in need of hunting more dragons but first I was back de feeding my jerk of a dragon so this time I fast traveled back to paintopia and I fully leveled her up to 500 health and now she

Was a level five Giga Chad super RGB gaming dragon and she was huge so I got myself a name tag and I rightfully named her Giga dragon and now it was almost time to go back out hunting more dragons but first I had one more thing that i’

Been putting off for forever now I went back home and I crafted as many pouches as I could for my tool belt so this way I could now store more things inside of my tool belt instead of my inventory which would make it a little bit less of

A struggle and this thing was now maxed out with eight slots I was now ready to hunt more dragons which at this point is kind of becoming half of the video so for day 266 now that I was once again prepared to hunt dragons big surprise I

Fast traveled back to my my newest Way Stone to begin the fight of my life killing as many fire dragons as possible however the game had a very different plan because instead I found this area full of ice dragons I kid you not back to back to back ice dragons I ended up

Killing six of these dragons in a span of about 10 minutes that’s right six dragons in one day if these were fire dragons would have been perfect I would have been set had enough dragons blood for the rest of the video but instead here I was dumping all of my items into

A shulker and continuing my journey after sleeping in this dead Dragon’s Lair while also being jump scared by a creper anyways it was now day 267 and my mission was still going strong after flying for only a few minutes I had already found and slain two different

Dragons and the second one dropped me a red dragon spawn egg the enchantment on my sword gave me a buy 1 get one free deal on dragons after collecting my free Dragon a I continued slaying more dragons through day 270 and my game was becoming more and

More laggy the further I traveled until I literally fell through the map and crashed I don’t have the footage because the game crashed but I was terrified that I had lost everything to a dumb glitch by the time I was back home the next day I had only gotten 15 more

Dragons blood which was half of what I had needed for day 271 today was the day that I was going to move the for Forge over to paintopia because my house could not take any more beatings I flew down to the forge and I began breaking all of

The blocks and after collecting them all I teleported back over to paintopia and I rebuilt everything just far enough away from the village to kind of mitigate the damage um future pain foreshadowing this did not help because this man immediately crushed a house right after I summoned her but I mean at

The end of the day that house wasn’t technically my problem because he wasn’t a part of my insurance policy anyways after finally getting the dragon sell once again she was going ham on the forge for most of this day and by the time the sun started to get low she had

Already cooked me 10 more ingots but once again she was back on a rampage I spent the last few minutes fighting for her to get working again and she decided n Fam I’m just going to sleep instead because it was now night so I had no

Choice but to Des summon her and go back home to sleep the night away as well for day 272 it was back to babysitting the the dragon I went back to paintopia for her to continue cooking Dragon steel and of course she was extremely difficult

About it as she fought me every step of the way until finally after a long time coming we had cooked all 23 of the new dragon steel and after combining it with what I had in my shulker I now had 31 which was definitely enough for what I

Needed now it was time to build myself some new gear I teleported back home and one by one I crafted each piece of armor followed by a new sword and a new pickaxe and just for a quick example of how much more damage this sword is going

To do the base damage is 25 in comparison to my old sword that was 9.5 even though it did look slightly less cool this sword was going to be so much more of a beast anyways now that I had all of the armor and tools crafted

For the next 2 days straight I ran around like a chicken with his head cut off doing some more beautiful capitalism with all all of my villagers for all of the enchantments I was going to need for my armor during this process I also sorted them all out inside of a chest so

I knew exactly where each and every enchantment was going to go because I wanted these to be perfect which meant the long names must be first and the short names must be on the bottom it needs to be longest to shortest per enchantment otherwise my OCD would

Probably implode so by the end of day 274 I had mostly sorted out all of the enchantments for my armor and I began combining the books for only the helmet and that was insanely expensive I immediately ran out of XP but I guess it’s okay because now all I had to do

Was go back to my new XP printing farm that I had built in the previous 100 days and that is exactly what I did until the end of day 276 I was back in the loop of waiting for mobs to spawn in the farm banishing said mobs to the shadow realm with my

God XP sword that I was soon be replacing with the brand new one and I combined stacks of books into single books for each piece of armor that I then applied them to and in classic pain domination fashion each piece of armor had to have an absolutely cracked name

And as sad as it is to say I sat here on the computer for about an hour thinking about names for these so I really hope you like them for each of these powerful pieces of armor I decided to go with avatars of the past from the world of

Avatar The Last Airbender for the helmet I named it kurik’s Clever Dragon Helm I named the chest piece the indestructible armor of Kyoshi for the leggings I called them The Scorch Dragon Treads of Roku and finally for the boots I gave them the name Yang Chen Swift dragon’s

Feet those are pretty cool right come on let me know in the comments down below Which tribes these avatars were originally from and what you think about these names anyways now that that armor part of my new gear was finished I went to sleep for the night excited to work

On my brand new sword and pickaxe and boy did this sword give me a run for my money because on the next day day 277 I started out Gathering the enchantments and adding them together to make one book and I kid you not it took me four whole days because I needed so

Much xp I spent several hundred levels in between the mob grinding at my XP farm to get the books all together alone and then it was going to cost 324 levels to finish the freaking sword this thing better be worth it so in order to speed up this process I bought

Another knowledge of the aeges 4 book and I added it to my Fusion flare sword so I could now clean out the XP farm way faster with the extra damage and sweeping Edge damage that I did and within no time I found myself hitting level

350 and I was ready to craft this new Beast of a sword and of course I was going to give it a very fitting name of getsuga tenow let me know in the comments which anime that’s from it’s it’s a pretty obvious classic anyways now that my sword and armor was finished

I went back to my base and equipped the full set of armor to see how I looked and honestly at this point I don’t think an army of dragons could defeat me I was truly ready to go slay more bosses but before that I spent the rest of day 281

Trying to enchant my new pickaxe only to realize just how much work that actually was going to end up being I didn’t have any villagers with the right enchantments that I needed for it nor did I have any of the books so honestly this late in the video it was kind of a

Lost cause but being the absolute gigachad gamer that I am I did not give up I went over to my XP farm for a super quick H levels and I continuously kept re-enchanting and disenchanting this thing with no luck until I finally got something that was kind of okay I mean I

Didn’t really have the time to mess with more villagers so it was as good as it gets after this I Place good old simp Slayer and my old set of armor in this dump chest to say my goodbyes they have served me well sleep well my boys for

All of day 282 now that my armor and weapons were complete I spent this day organizing all of the junk out of my shers so I had space to stuff all of the future loot that I was about to bring back from this boss killing Rampage but

First I was going to need more supplies I first created a dragon arrow shulker that I fill with as many Dragon arrows as I could get along with bones so I could craft more on the Fly after this I then named three more shulkers into supplies fireworks and snackies because

I get hungry on the road spent the rest of this day attempting to trade for as many rockets and golden carrots as I could from three of my villagers and of course it must have been a holiday weekend because the capitalism just seemed to break down on the spot however

After enough of the day passed they finally began refreshing trades and I had the pleasure of running up and down my non existing staircase from the dragon incident you know to trade with all of my villagers and honestly I could move to a new base but I’ve been here

Through so much already that I might as well just keep living here in this burnt down mess anyways by the time this day was over I was pretty much out of emeralds altogether and I had accumulated a decent pile of both rockets and golden carrots it was safe

To say I was now ready to go boss hunting so for the next day day 283 I set out with my elytra to an old portal that I had made that would lead me to the everbrite dimension because in here there was another boss that I needed to

Destroy after arriving at the small house that was definitely not a victim of my previous arson I went through the portal placed down a wayo so I could find my way back even though way stones exist and I began flying looking for a tower where I would find the boss I flew

For a couple of minutes with no luck until I spotted this tiny village that I didn’t even know it spawn here and I landed down in the center where I hit the jackpot this Village was useless however it was directly in between this massive Jade looking Palace structure

That I had zero clue what it was and on the other side was one of the very towers that I just mentioned that I had came here to fight the boss in I had only been here for a few minutes and things were already going down so I

Placed down my Supply Shuler to grab a waist Stone and apparently pickaxes break things way slower in this world which was odd to say the least anyways after naming the way Stone I went to check out the green place and I saw a second tower behind it this place had so

Many more things to explore so naturally the first one I wanted to explore was the giant Green Palace and uh this place wanted nothing to do with me anytime I set foot around it I was given indefinite poison blindness and slowness I figured they might want me to enter to

The bottom so that way I didn’t skip everything on the top so I looked around the perimeter for for a couple of minutes until I found the entrance and the exact same thing happened this place was just cursed apparently I did not yet have access to go inside and I was

Thinking maybe I needed to defeat the boss inside one of the towers first so for day 284 I left the Jade Palace for better more important things today I was going to take down the Summoner I grabbed my fireworks and I flew up to the tower where I quickly ran through

Each room and I collected all four Keys very easily this place was identical to the illusioner boss Tower so after getting all four of those keys I went up to the main floor right clicked the lock in the middle and just like that I had already entered the boss’s room and

Honestly this guy was more of a chump than the last one all he did was summon these stupid Golems non-stop that gave me free blocks each time I killed them and occasionally he Kamehameha me that’s pretty much it overall this fight went by ridiculously quick I took zero damage

The entire time and even with my weapon doing less damage in this Dimension I easily wiped the floor with his face until I was Victorious and he had dropped me the second trophy for my collection along with this common loot sack that was pretty much just garbage

But hey another boss had been checked off my list and I was done with this Tower however I wasn’t finished with this world after defeating the first boss I quickly went on to the next where I collected all four of the keys and I once again entered the boss room and

This time I was wasting even less time than before I focused entirely on this boss while paying little to no attention to the golems and just like that I had defeated a second Summoner I defeated the Summoner Two Times by the end of day 285 I was now Unstoppable for day 286

Now that I had taken down the boss for this world I figured I could finally go inside of the emerald Palace place from before so I flew my way back over there and at last the cursed had been lifted and guess what what this place was absolutely worthless the only enemies

That spawned here were more of those Golems each room was basically the same as the others and all of the loot chests were pure garbage so after wasting my time exploring the bottom area I went outside and flew over to the Upper Floor except I still couldn’t break any blocks

To get inside I spent a couple of minutes back looking around downstairs in the Maze to see if there’s any way to get up however I was having zero luck so I tried one last attempt to get inside before I stopped carrying every time you try to break the blocks upstairs next to

The glass panes they disappear and it creates a gap in the glass that I thought maybe I could throw an ender pearl through however this didn’t work and honestly I was kind of done with this Dimension there wasn’t much else to offer and the loot was pretty bad so I

Was kind of done I had hunted down the boss that I came here for and I was ready to move on to the next big thing so now that I was finished with the everbrite dimension on the next day day 287 I stopped back at my house before

Moving on to hunt more bosses and I placed down my two brand new Summoner trophies next to the Alchemist one at the end of 200 days I said this trophy would no longer be alone and finally it has friends anyways today’s goal in the

Next set of bosses I’d like to add to my Hit List is that of the twilight forest mod which if you played Minecraft for a long time you’d probably know it’s a pretty classic mod pack that is been around since the modding scene basically first existed so I grabbed myself a

Water bucket and I fast travel back to paintopia so I could attempt to build this new portal I had made a 2X two pool of water in the grass and I had surrounded it with flowers just like the wiki had said in big reveal nothing nothing happened I spent most of my day

Trying to figure out why it wasn’t working until I gave up and I went home where I had a genius idea to finally add mending to my only piece of gear that didn’t have it my shield and after that I spent the rest of the night slashing

Away at some XP farm mobs just mending up all of my gear like brand new so when I did figure out how to get inside that Dimension I was ready to take on bosses on day 288 with my armor now repaired I continued attempting to build the Twilight portal I brought some grass

Blocks back to my base in an attempt to make it there with once again zero luck at this point I felt like something was wrong so I was back to YouTube and Wiki where I found out you need to throw a diamond in the water to activate the

Portal so I grabbed myself half a stack and I began chucking them in with no luck so at this point I was thinking maybe it was the flowers maybe I needed flowers from Minecraft instead of different mods so once again I hopped back through the portal to paintopia

Except this time looking for flowers with the Minecraft tag instead of different mods and finally after ignoring this massive graphical error in the background I yeed dos Diamond into the water in the portal had formed and as sad as it is saying this the portal took me literally two entire days to

Make almost an hour of real life time to build a portal so on the next day day 289 I prepped my inventory headed back to the portal and I jumped in and honestly this was my first time ever using this mod pack and being inside of this Dimension and there were so many

Things to explore I first started out by checking out the small little Shack near the portal with a skeleton Druid spawner inside I broke the spawner and I viciously struck down the only skeleton that had managed to spawn in this Shack didn’t seem to have much loot so after

That I flew off into the distance towards the next item of Interest I found this massive Stone maze looking structure with an obvious boss Spawner in the center and after landing Naga had spawned and uh it was safe to say that I was now way too powerful for this mod

Pack I had slain this wimpy boss with only a few swipes and he did zero damage to me in fact he did so little damage that he did negative damage but anyways after defeating him I checked my inventory for my prize and I had gotten a Naga Trophy and seven Naga scales so

After defeating Naga I explored the maze for a little bit without really finding that much loot and I just kind of left and this is where my real Adventure would start to begin I continued flying until I saw this really oddl looking cloud in the sky and upon landing on it

I faced my worst enemy it was me this island was full of giant mes and they took no damage whatsoever which is ironic because that’s just like me I tried looking around to see if there’s anything I could do up here and they wouldn’t really leave me alone and they

Almost crashed my game a typical gigachad me move of course so I once again just kind of left for the next two days Days 290 through 291 after leaving that cursed me Island I was exposed to more and more weird things inside of this Dimension I first flew into this

Cloud of apparent acid rain that made seeing with my eyes not that viable and while half blind I discovered this ins insane giant castle with a force field in the center and apparently this was the final boss or at least that’s what the text inside of the spawner had said

Looked around to see if there’s any clues with what to do next and I’m assuming I was going to have to hunt more bosses maybe this would be the final boss I could kill before the end of this journey either way none of the things that were roaming around here

Took any damage so like the Mana culture that I am I fled quicker than that shiny Pokémon you’ve been hunting for ages now and immediately after leaving this place I had found something new and interesting to explore after only flying for about a minute I had discovered this

Tower with purple roofs on top that I was hoping would be full of things to fight and loot to be found and you could say I was half right because there were spawners everywhere I mean none of the enemies in here were that strong and

None of the loot here was that great but the architecture of this place was Exquisite I continued exploring each small room while lighting up the place and banishing in all of those weebs to the Doom Dimension and soon enough I found myself at the top of the spiral staircase that was surrounded by

Paintings including some pretty cool Pokémon starter ones and once I set foot on the top floor I was greeted by yet another Twilight boss the Lich King himself and I’m not going to lie this fight was even easier than the Ender Dragon in vanilla Minecraft all I had to

Do was knock back his attacks a couple of times and after only five of those I was free to swing at him and I two- shot him I hit this guy twice and he fell to the floor cowering in fear another boss was dead with minimal effort but hey I

Now had the Lich tropy added to my collection of slain bosses on day 292 now that the tower was complete and my inventory was full I began the day by placing out my shulkers and organizing the different items into each of them at this point it was still dark and raining

Outside but I was not about to let that stop my quest before day 300 so I dawned my elytra and once again took off in search of more things to cease from existing and my first Target was yet another Naga boss and 1 2 3 4 5 this guy

Was down and I had gotten another Trophy and 10 more hopefully useful scales after this I moved on until I found this super close Lich King Tower and this time I immediately skipped everything by Just landing on the roof and jumping straight in where I devastated this

Guy’s KD ratio to the point where he Rage Quit living after leaving that dump I had borrowed his trophy and two more zombie scepter so with another Lich boss down and I began marking different structures that I saw as possible boss locations and after that I headed over

To this nearby Green Mountain and once digging inside I was greeted with this awful mess of a Cave System of so many interesting mobs mob spawners and once again basically No Loot I ran around in here killing everything with one shot while still taking no damage as my

Inventory was filled to the brim with useless garbage at this point I was really thinking about how overpowered I really was I’m pretty sure nothing in here could touch me unless I was being killed with boredom kind of like what this cave was doing to me non-stop weak

Enemies with no drops were not that entertaining so after getting tired of it I dug my way up to the surface and I left in the direction of the next possible boss area for day 293 I started off by Landing in the next area and I

Was thinking it could be a boss except instead I was met by this cheap tiny little maze with easy to kill spider spawners everywhere that I quickly cheesed by walking on the walls and the walls did hurt me every half a second but I was still taking no damage anyways

After looting all of these terrible chests I was going to head towards another structure I’d marked on the map but instead I took a detour at this huge ice cave and then I saw it in the center a boss spawner after entering the Ice Cavern the spawner immediately birthed

This huge Yeti into existence that I also immediately cled clowned on this dude also only took like five swings to knock down at this point none of these bosses could even imagine standing up to me but after beating him he dropped me an alpha Yeti Trophy and 10 Alpha Yeti

Fur that I once again had no clue what to do with but I didn’t really care because at this point I was on a roll so I continued on to the next structure to explore which ended up being this massive Strang looking shaped tower that I couldn’t really figure out where the

Boss was I flew up to the top and I tried Breaking Inside different areas but I couldn’t really find anything so I went back down to the ground floor and tried one of the entrances instead but I was interrupted by a surprise guest I literally ran into the hit Minecraft

Youtuber Skies himself hanging out with a bunch of his Brethren so as any good friend would do I placed down a shulker grabbed my Quantum catchers and I put him and his brothers inside of these boxes which if you think about it could be much worse they could have been jars

Anyways I’m hoping to add him to my pet pile that I’ve definitely not been neglecting this entire series by keeping them all inside of storage boxes will pay never set his pets free to live good lives before the 300 Days Are Over find out in the next episode of better

Minecraft Z but for now I finished off this day by attempting to explore this structure with no luck of finding anything and instead flying over to another ice Den where I fought a second ala Yeti and I somehow received two more trophies from him instead of one which

You know what is free real estate on day 294 I found myself having way too many options on the map for more bosses to slay there were structures literally everywhere and honestly I didn’t have any incentives to keep killing the same bosses so instead I headed to the second

One of those final boss areas in the hopes of being able to actually do something and pretty much the same thing happened there was acid rain I couldn’t hurt any of the giant mes and this time I somehow flew into the the barrier in the center because it glitched and it

Was made of fences however I still couldn’t do anything so once again I left however this time I wanted to learn what else I had left to do in order to take on that boss so after a quick search on the wiki where I learned about the boss progression apparently there

Are specific bosses you must kill in order and you otherwise can’t access certain areas with more bosses unless you do just like in that area I was just in I had already killed Naga the Lich King and the yeti and the next on my list was either going to be the Twilight

Swamp area or the Hydra honestly I don’t really know because at this point the wiki was kind of confusing however I now found myself on a time crunch because apparently there were still five more bosses maybe again the wiki was super confusing so I’m not really sure either

Way I now knew what I had to do and I was in search for the new biomes to explore after not too much flying I had found this dark green spot on the map that turned out to be the Twilight swamp that I I was looking for inside the

Swamp was a strange amount of dirt with a huge hole in the middle that led me down into this maze full of minotaurs and that’s when I realized I was in the lirer of the next boss the minoshroom kind of a lame name and now that you

Think about it the wiki was starting to make more sense I had to head to each of these biomes in order to take on each of the bosses before I could defeat the final boss which I had already found so for day 295 I spent most of my time down

Inside of this Maze and things were getting interesting lots of mobs and quick poison spiders there were new cave slimes and lots of TNT traps that exposed the Bedrock layers in between each floor that had stopped me from cheesing this place which I honestly couldn’t be too upset about I finally

Was getting a little bit of challenge I kept exploring around this place desperately trying to find my way down to the next floor until I found this room with a Minotaur in it I broke in and twoot him and it turned out he was the boss just like that I had defeated

The minoshroom I had thought there was going to be more challenge here but you know what I had gotten his head as a trophy and the diamond axe and I was now finished here and let me tell you getting out of this place was not fun it

Took a Solid 5 minutes just to find the main drop down area that I could fly up and out of and after that I followed my main path of torches until I was finally free free to take on the next boss the Hydra which conveniently spawned in the

Fire swamp that was right next door ever there was a problem because the very second I entered the biome I was struck with infinite burning after approaching the boss I ended up doing zero damage which after another quick check of the wiki ended up being because I didn’t eat

The me stroganov that had dropped from the last boss so after flying back to the swamp I grabbed one of them from my shulker and I ate it giving me the achievement that granted me access to the firey swamp honestly this Dimension is kind of whack however I was not

Wasting any time I immediately flew back to the hydra’s lair to begin the fight and after all these easy bosses this one finally put up a decent fight even with my god mode bonai sword it took me a ton of hits to kill him and he didn’t really

Do anything impressive but he did manage at one point to get me down an entire bar of Health which was way more than any other boss had gotten anywhere near to combined honestly at this point I was excited for the next boss to come on day

296 I continued to pass the firely swamp in search for the next boss biome the Dark Forest in search of a goblin Knight stronghold where the next boss the Night Phantom lies except the only problem was I could not find this place I spent half of the day flying around in search of

This biome with no luck so I stopped by another one of those massive Towers in the glacier biome instead because while reading the wiki I had learned there was apparently a boss here named The Snow Queen so I went inside and this time there was actually a a way that I can

Continue to explore in I began making my way up the tower while deleting any enemies I could find until I stumbled upon this crazy chest with a glass sword that apparently did 40 base damage which was almost double the damage of my insanely op Dragon Sword what even was

This monster of an easy sword to obtain this Tower was so easy and the sword is so broken anyways you know what it doesn’t matter it doesn’t matter after looting this room I didn’t really know where else to go so I flew outside and I began breaking my way into random parts

Of the structure until the snow Queen’s name appeared I broke inside and I immediately began our epic battle if you can call it that I killed one wave of her enemies she landed I hit her with the old razzled Dazzle and after she regained immunity my fire damage

Finished the job just like that I had gotten both the Seeker bow and the Snow Queen Trophy and I had defeated another easy boss honestly I couldn’t even be upset at this point I was just so powerful that I had literally become saitama from one punch man I was

Desperate for a fight that could actually hurt me for the beginning of day 297 I quickly checked the wiki before organizing all of my inventory back into my shulkers and checking on my trophy collection so far and supposedly now that I had beaten the Snow Queen I

Now needed to hunt down the erast who was also in the dark forest biome so I could finally access the biome where the acid rain kept hurting me this Dimension Mod was really starting to feel like one of those quests in RPG games that just keeps going and going and going and at

This rate I would be lucky to finish off the final boss before day 300 ends which means so much for finally naming all of my pets I guess anyways after reading all of that I set off from the glacier biome where I saw this extra dark

Looking area on the map that had to be the Dark Forest and after flying over it finally was I had finally found the location of my next two boss fight fights which I think actually ended up being the last two ones I was going to need before fighting the final boss so I

Flew in under all the trees and this place was crazy dark which I mean based on the name kind of makes sense but you know what whatever I didn’t really see any signs of structures to fight but I did notice a ton of pillagers on the map

Near this messed up looking cave system so I began exploring deeper until I hit this huge open area with bedrock in blocks that I couldn’t yet break I continued shifting my way through the blindness until I found this Square Room of lava that I managed to get into which

Led directly into what I assume is the castle that I was looking for after building up from the lava room I headed up the staircase where I ran into my first goblin enemy and I could not hurt him which only meant one thing I was not

Ready to be here yet so after more searching on the wiki it turns out that I had to find a shrine area where I could place one of my trophies to gain access to this dungeon so after tons of searching with a night vision potion underground with no luck I ended up

Leaving in search above ground and finally on the next day day 298 I had found the above ground entrance with a spot that felt like the right place to be I placed my third Yeti trophy on the pillar and the door opened to this entire dungeon and let me tell you this

Place was awful it took the entirety of this day exploring this awful Maze and once my night vision potion ran out I was stuck using torches finding my way until finally three floors down not to be confused with the band Three Doors Down I ran into the boss room and this

Was probably the easiest boss yet after dying to only a few swipes which I think I save for every boss at this point either way he dropped a chest in the Middle With both his trophy and some useless pieces of armor that don’t disappear if you die but joke was on him

Because I don’t die ever anyways after this fight was over I dug my way to the surface only to be greeted by some new massive Tower behind the forest I flew up to it at the very top spawn the ungass the very last boss I needed to

Defeat the final boss and beat the twilight forest except this fight was very different than the rest because this man would not let me get close enough to smack him in the face of my sword so I was forced throughout this fight to use my bow which in comparison

Basically was like Gohan from Dragon Ball Z after the cell Saga anyways after hitting enough shots and finally defeating this guy I couldn’t really find his drops and I was terrified that they fell down into the fire and they burned however it turned out that there

Was a chest that had spawned in the very Middle top area with the trophy and the other drops that I had needed and now I should be prepared to go back to the final boss to take him down so on day 299 now that all the bosses were down I

Headed over to the closest final boss castle where I could begin my reign of terror I flew up to the cloud Island full of giant M which is still a super like surreal experience by the way and I began banishing them each to the Doom Dimension and they dropped giant swords

And giant pickaxes and now that I had the giant pickaxe all I had to do was go underground in the same biome to find a troll cave where I could use the pickaxe to break an obsidian box that had the final item inside to get me to the

Stupid end portal area whatever honestly L long story short I did that because this Dimension was starting to feel like homework anyways now that I had the final step in the Twilight Forest complete I began digging myself up and out of this dark and stinky troll cave

Until I finally saw the light after getting to the surface I flew up and over to the boss castle and I was finally able to enter without constantly being blinded and barely hurt by acid rain I landed in the center boss area and nothing still happened the barrier

At the center of the castle was still glitched out and broken and the spawner said you win I was now able to walk inside and out freely technically and I could finally kill these monsters called Harbinger cubes that were just kind of roaming around I wandered around for a

Little bit until I got the idea to go back to the wiki and after much reading it sounded like there actually wasn’t a final boss implemented yet had I killed all of these bosses for nothing with this on my mind I dawned my elytra and I

Flew all the way back to the Last Castle that I had seen prior and upon landing at the center Tower I was met with the same exact thing and then it kind of just clicked above the spawner it literally said final boss here the mod wasn’t finished and there was no final

Boss after learning of this I just kind of stood on the edge of the castle contemplating everything that I had been through sure there was no final boss to add to the collection but overall it’s about the journey and not the destination if you focus on the destination are you

Truly even living in this series I had become incredibly powerful and I defeated bosses in the triple digits including dragons so if you ask me was it worth it I would say yes so being done with this Dimension I placed out a waypoint and I teleported back home for

The final Day celebration on day 300 after returning home I quickly wiped my inventory and I collected the boss trophies from my shulkers to begin putting them on display but not before first showing this rude AF mutant skeleton who is boss I smacking him with that one punch energy after he was gone

I placed out each trophy one by one on the banister next to my original trophies and these things were looking sick I was kind of wishing that I made myself a house or something especially something that my pet dragon didn’t you know implode half of but after all I did

Survive pretty much all 300 days while living here so this place was kind of special special at this point so to celebrate my time spent in this world for an entire 300 days I gathered all of the animals that I kept saying I wanted as pets throughout the series I fenced

In this nice area downstairs after cleaning up this mess of a failed portal with my bare hands may I add because I was too lazy to get a shovel after making this area I One By One released all of my animals I summoned my three seals who were just out here chilling I

Summoned my one emu friend a bunch of chimpanzees who Apparently one of them had a dragon skull from the dragon fight that I kind of captured them near I released a bunch of the mini coin dragons and finally my lizard friends from the first2 200 Days videos and now that all

My friends were here I hung out while the sun began to set also I just want to add this in here at the end the chimpanzees apparently wanted nothing to do with this party and they began climbing up the walls immediately trying to escape I don’t know why I said trying

Because they were very successful I would go and recapture them but honestly just let them be free it was apparently their Destiny and just like that I had survived for 300 days in hardcore better Minecraft this Series has been so much fun to do and I am super glad that all

Of you have enjoyed it as much as I have honestly this is probably going to be the last of better Minecraft you see for a while on my channel I beat pretty much everything into the ground and it’s just not as much fun anymore for now however

Don’t let that stop you from going and checking out the mod pack yourself because it has been incredible there is so much stuff to do in this mod pack also if you haven’t already please go and follow me on Twitter I’m super active over there and it’s a great place

To interact with me and all of the dumb stuff that I tweet plus I’m also thinking about doing some giveaways over there soon in the future so be sure to go over there and drop a follow I would love to hit 10,000 followers by the end

Of this year anyways this has been pain domination and I will see you all in the next video peace

This video, titled ‘I Survived 300 Days in Hardcore BETTER Minecraft! [FULL MOVIE]’, was uploaded by PainDomination on 2023-12-24 17:00:01. It has garnered 11224 views and 555 likes. The duration of the video is 05:41:45 or 20505 seconds.

Today we look back on my journey from 1 year ago where I survived and OWNED everything about the modpack: BETTER MINECRAFT. From fighting and taming dragons, to acquiring immensely powerful tools, weapons and gear, to defeating every boss in the game. I DID IT ALL

Also, guess what? Better minecraft will be back and ‘BETTER’ than ever with the 1.18.2 version of the modpack soon on the channel! ——————————————————————————————————————- Help me out by Supporting on Patreon!

✦*Patreon* – https://www.patreon.com/PainDomination ——————————————————————————————————————- Other Ways to support me! ✦*BRAND NEW LINKTREE LINK WITH ALL OF MY SOCIALS* – https://linktr.ee/PainDomination

✦*Join my Discord!* – https://discord.gg/cVudFq8

✦*Follow me on Twitch!* – https://www.twitch.tv/paindomination

✦*Check out my Twitter!* – https://twitter.com/PainDomination ——————————————————————————————————————- Hardcore Minecraft will flip any casual minecrafter upside-down with an onslaught of hostile mobs that do insane damage to you. In this video I spent 100 days surviving the harsh elements that hardcore minecraft has to offer and I thrived in it.

Timestamps:

Intro – 0:00

Day 1 – 1:19 Day 110 – 2:11:54 Day 210 – 4:11:38 Day 10 – 19:51 Day 120 – 2:26:58 Day 220 – 4:22:25 Day 20 – 29:31 Day 130 – 2:35:40 Day 230 – 4:35:49 Day 30 – 42:24 Day 140 – 2:49:19 Day 240 – 4:42:40 Day 40 – 51:40 Day 150 – 3:03:14 Day 250 – 4:48:00 Day 50 – 1:04:35 Day 160 – 3:08:00 Day 260 – 4:56:21 Day 60 – 1:08:00 Day 170 – 3:22:27 Day 270 – 5:05:26 Day 70 – 1:20:16 Day 180 – 3:34:00 Day 280 – 5:11:00 Day 80 – 1:33:44 Day 190 – 3:45:00 Day 290 – 5:20:30 Day 90 – 1:50:00 Day 200 – 3:56:37 Day 300 – 5:38:53 Day 100 – 1:59:20

Thank you All! – 5:40:32

#Minecraft #HardcoreMinecraft #100days

PainDomination – https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCXBAAZmzLcDdLSVXwfnFNZw

  • Discover the Excitement of Minewind Minecraft Server!

    Discover the Excitement of Minewind Minecraft Server! Welcome to NewsMinecraft.com! Today, we stumbled upon a hilarious YouTube video titled “Hot Dog” that left us in stitches. But amidst the chaos of Minecraft Mythical Survival SMP, we couldn’t help but think about the amazing community over at Minewind Minecraft Server. With epic battles, frog conspiracies, Minecraft geography quizzes, and the best Minecraft restaurant ever, Minewind offers a unique and exciting gameplay experience that you won’t find anywhere else. Plus, who wouldn’t want to join a server where you can get hired at the park, figure out life with friends, and play with zombies? If you’re looking to… Read More

  • GUMMIGOO Portal Prank – MINECRAFT

    GUMMIGOO Portal Prank - MINECRAFT The Amazing Digital Circus in Minecraft Introduction In the world of Minecraft, players have the freedom to create and explore endless possibilities. One such creative endeavor involves bringing characters from The Amazing Digital Circus to life in the game. Gamigo, the leader of a group of bandits, is a central figure in this Minecraft adventure. Creating the Gamigo Portal To embark on this unique journey, players need to gather materials like obsidian, steel, slime blocks, and yellow terracotta glaze. By arranging these materials in a 4×5 structure, a portal to the world of Gamigo can be constructed. Lighting the… Read More

  • 1.6 Second Enchanted Golden Apple Speedrun

    1.6 Second Enchanted Golden Apple Speedrun Unveiling the Enchanted Golden Apple: A Minecraft Speedrun Adventure Embark on a Speedy Journey In the vast world of Minecraft, speedrunners are always looking for new challenges and ways to push the limits of the game. One such challenge involves obtaining the coveted Enchanted Golden Apple in a mere 1.6 seconds. This feat is not for the faint of heart and requires precise execution and quick thinking. The Java Edition Quest This incredible speedrun takes place in the Java Edition of Minecraft, specifically in version 1.16.1. The seed for this particular run is 7987837817107128007, setting the stage for a… Read More

  • Join Minewind Minecraft Server for Ultimate Gaming Escape!

    Join Minewind Minecraft Server for Ultimate Gaming Escape! Welcome to NewsMinecraft.com! Are you a fan of exciting Minecraft gameplay and looking for a new server to join? Look no further than Minewind! With a vibrant community and endless possibilities, Minewind is the place to be for all Minecraft enthusiasts. But why should you join Minewind, you ask? Well, imagine a world where you can escape traps and navigate through different challenges with ease. Just like in the YouTube video “How to escape traps ๐Ÿ˜ at different Brawl star ranks #shorts #minecraft”, Minewind offers a thrilling experience where you can test your skills and creativity. Whether you’re a… Read More

  • Join Minewind Server for Epic Base Building Adventures!

    Join Minewind Server for Epic Base Building Adventures! Are you a fan of building massive structures in Minecraft? Do you enjoy the creative process of gathering resources and bringing your vision to life block by block? If so, you need to join the Minewind Minecraft Server today! With a vibrant gaming community and endless possibilities for creative builds, Minewind is the perfect place to showcase your building skills and connect with like-minded players. Whether you’re a seasoned pro or just starting out, there’s something for everyone on Minewind. So why wait? Join us at Minewind today and start your own mega base building journey. Who knows, you… Read More

  • Discover the Ultimate Minecraft Experience on Minewind Server

    Discover the Ultimate Minecraft Experience on Minewind Server Welcome to NewsMinecraft.com, where we bring you the latest updates and trends in the world of Minecraft! Today, we want to talk about the exciting and vibrant community of Minewind Minecraft Server. While watching the entertaining video “JOGOS no MUNDO do MINECRAFT” by GabHOFF1, you may have noticed the creativity and fun that can be had within the Minecraft universe. From re-creating popular games like Roblox, PK XD, Free Fire, and Call of Duty, to exploring new adventures and challenges, Minecraft offers endless possibilities for players of all ages. If you’re looking for a dynamic and engaging Minecraft server… Read More

  • Crafty Picks: Minecraft Alternatives for Android 1.20+ ๐ŸŽฎ๐Ÿ”ฅ

    Crafty Picks: Minecraft Alternatives for Android 1.20+ ๐ŸŽฎ๐Ÿ”ฅ In the world of gaming, where creativity thrives, Minecraft reigns supreme, crafting our lives. But if you seek more games, similar in style, Check out these picks that will make you smile. Stumble Guys, a fun and frantic race, With obstacles to overcome, at a fast pace. Or maybe try Treinamento Profissional, a new find, Where skills are tested, and victory is defined. Gamerfleet and Fgteev, channels to explore, For gaming content that will leave you wanting more. And don’t forget Hill Climb Racing, a classic in its own right, Where coins and gems are yours to fight. So… Read More

  • EPIC FAIL in Minecraft

    EPIC FAIL in Minecraft Welcome to AresMine: A Minecraft Adventure Awaits! Are you ready to dive into the exciting world of Minecraft? Look no further than AresMine, where the fun never stops! With a server IP of hot.aresmine.me and version 1.20.4 (accessible from 1.19.4, 1.20.0/1, and 1.20.3/4), this server is ready to welcome you with open arms. Join the Adventure At AresMine, you’ll find a bustling community of up to 300 players in one mode, ensuring that there’s always someone to team up with or challenge. And mark your calendars for May 11th at 12:00 (MSK) for an exciting wipe event! Exciting Events… Read More

  • Ultimate Minecraft Skywars Shenanigans

    Ultimate Minecraft Skywars Shenanigans Minecraft Skywars: A Thrilling Adventure Embark on an exciting journey in Minecraft Skywars, where the thrill of competition meets the creativity of building. The server IP masedworld.net awaits players ready to test their skills in this dynamic game mode. Whether you’re a seasoned player or new to the world of Minecraft, Skywars offers a unique and challenging experience for all. Breaking Down the Action In Skywars, players are placed on floating islands and must gather resources to survive while battling opponents. The goal is to be the last player standing, making strategic decisions and using quick reflexes to outwit… Read More

  • Join Minewind Minecraft Server for Epic Adventures!

    Join Minewind Minecraft Server for Epic Adventures! Welcome to NewsMinecraft.com, where we bring you the latest updates and trends in the world of Minecraft! Today, we stumbled upon a fascinating YouTube video titled “HOW TO MAKE AIR CONDITIONER IN MINECRAFT ?” by Viper_Playzz. While the video may not be directly related to Minewind Minecraft Server, it got us thinking – why not join a server where you can unleash your creativity and build amazing creations like an air conditioner in Minecraft? That’s where Minewind comes in. With a vibrant community of players and endless possibilities for exploration and building, Minewind offers a unique Minecraft experience like… Read More

  • Insane Aiki-edits – EPIC Quackity Edit! #DSMP #Minecraft

    Insane Aiki-edits - EPIC Quackity Edit! #DSMP #MinecraftVideo Information wacky hey man sorry it’s just kind of it’s kind of strange seeing you here how you been I’ve been uh I heard what you did to Tommy what’ you hear well I don’t think I need to explain myself you know you kill Tommy you bring him back to life people think it was cool is that all that matters to you if it’s cool or not I know you have that book dream I need that book dream I burned the book it’s just knowledge it’s in my head how do you think I couldn’t bring… Read More

  • ๐Ÿ”ฅULTIMATE WHITE 999 CHALLENGE๐Ÿ”ฅ – CRAZIEST REACTIONS๐Ÿ‘พ๐Ÿ”ฅ #nonstopgaming

    ๐Ÿ”ฅULTIMATE WHITE 999 CHALLENGE๐Ÿ”ฅ - CRAZIEST REACTIONS๐Ÿ‘พ๐Ÿ”ฅ #nonstopgamingVideo Information [Music] it’s have it [Music] baby I swear you got [Music] the This video, titled ‘IMPOSSIBLE๐Ÿ“ฑ๐Ÿท๐Ÿ—ฟ #nonstopgaming #youtubeshorts#shortvideo’, was uploaded by โš”๏ธเผ’WHITE 999เผ’โš”๏ธ on 2024-04-06 15:40:11. It has garnered 23 views and likes. The duration of the video is 00:00:23 or 23 seconds. IMPOSSIBLE๐Ÿ“ฑ๐Ÿท๐Ÿ—ฟ #nonstopgaming #youtubeshorts#shortvideo games minecraft gta 5 gta5 pokemon poki game online games car games pubg gta v gaming chess subway surfers free games video game solitaire steam rummy ninja valorant rummy circle the last of us pokemon cards gta ludo king dinosaur game chess online ludo game ps5 sudoku clash of clans gta san… Read More

  • ๐Ÿ”ฅ NETHER FIRST TIME! MINECRAFT RELAX: Part 5 ft. Kyo Nekogai #New Vtuber

    ๐Ÿ”ฅ NETHER FIRST TIME! MINECRAFT RELAX: Part 5 ft. Kyo Nekogai #New VtuberVideo Information ใฏใ„ใฉใ†ใ‚‚ใ“ใ‚“ใซใกใฏ็Œซใ‚„ใใงใ™ใ‚ˆใ—ไปŠๆ—ฅ ใ‚‚ใƒžใ‚คใ‚ฏใƒฉใ‚„ใฃใฆใ„ใ ใฐใ™ใ„ใ‚„ๅ…ƒๆฐ—ใ  ใ‚ˆใพใ ๅ…ƒๆฐ—ใกใ‚‡ใฃใจใญไปŠ้€ฑๅคšๅˆ†ๅฟ™ใ—ใ„ ใ‹ใ‚‰ๅ…ƒๆฐ—ๅ…ƒๆฐ—ใซ ใฏใงใใŸใ‚‰ใ„ใ„ใชใงใใŸใ‚‰ใ„ใ„ใชใจใ„ใ† ๆ„Ÿใ˜ ใงใ—ใ‚‡ใใ‚Œใงใฏใ‚„ใฃใฆ ใ„ใ“ใ†ใƒžใ‚ฏใƒˆใงไปŠๆ—ฅใฏใญใ‚ใฎๆ›ธใ„ใฆใŸ้€šใ‚Š ใˆใƒผใƒใ‚นใƒˆใ—ใŸ้€šใ‚Šใ‚„ใฃใจใญใƒใ‚ถใƒผใซ ๅ…ฅใ‚Œใ‚‹ใƒใ‚ถใƒผใงใ—ใ‹ๅ–ใ‚Œใชใ„็ด ๆใˆๆŽขใ—ใฆ ใ„ใใŸใ„ ใญใกใ‚ใ‘ใง้ธๆŠžใ—ใฆใƒฏใƒผใƒซใƒ‰ใง้Šใถใ‚‚ใ† ใกใ‚‡ใฃใจๅคงใใใ—ใ‚ˆใ†ใ‹ใช ใ†ใ‚“ใจใซใ‚…ใซใ‚…ใซใซใ‚…ใฃใจ ใ‚ชใ‚ฑใƒผใ‚ˆใ— ใ†ใ‚“ใชใ‚“ใ‹ๅฟ˜ใ‚Œใฆใชใ„ใ‚ˆใญใ†ใ‚“ไฝ•ใ‚‚ๅฟ˜ใ‚Œใฆ ใชใ„ใ‚ชใ‚ช ใ‚ˆใฃใ—ใ‚ƒใˆใƒผใฃใจใชใ‚“ใ‹ๅค‰ใ‚ใฃใŸใ“ใจใ‚ใฃ ใŸใฃใ‘ใ‹ใ†ใ‚“ใจใญใ‚ใ‚่ฃใงใญใกใ‚‡ใ„ใจ้‰„ใ‚’ ๆŽ˜ใฃ ใŸใ‚Š็•‘ๆ‹กๅผตใ—ใŸใ‚Šใ‚“ๅƒใ‘ๆ‹กๅผตใ—ใŸใฃใ‘ใ„ใ‚„ ใ‚ใƒผใ‚ใ‚Œใ‹ ใ“ใฎ่พบใ‚ใ‚Œใ—ใŸใ‚Šใ‚ใ‚Œใ—ใŸใ‚Šใฉใ‚Œใ—ใŸใ‚Š ใ†ใ‚“ใ‚ใ‚ใจใญ ใ‚ใฎใกใ‚‡ใฃใจ็”Ÿใ็‰ฉใŸใกใ‚’ๅข—ใ‚„ใ—ใพใ— ใŸ ใฒใ‚‡ใ™ใ”ใ„ใ†ใ‚ใ‚ใ†ใ‚‹ใ•ใ„ใญใ†ใ‚‹ใ•ใ„ใญ ใ†ใ‚‹ใ•ใ„ใญใ†ใ‚‹ใ•ใ„ใญใ†ใ‚‹ใ•ใ„ใญใ”ใ‚ใ‚“ ใชใ•ใ„ใญใ‚ใ‚ใ‚ใ‚่€ณใŒ่€ณใŒ่€ณใŒ่€ณใŒ่€ณใŒ่€ณ ใŒ่€ณใŒ ใ‚ˆใ„ใ—ใ‚‡ ใปๆณขใ‹ใพใ‚ŒใŸๆฐ—ใŒ ใ™ใ‚‹ ใตใ†ใ†ใ‚ๆ—ฉ้€Ÿใ ใ‘ใฉๆš—ใใชใ‚‹ใงใพใ‚ใฎใ“ใฎ ่พบใกใ‚‡ใฃใจๆญฃ็ฝฎใ—ใŸใ‚Šใจ ใ‹ใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‚ใ—ใพใ—ใŸ ใญใ‚ใ‚ใจใชใ‚“ใ‹้Ÿณใ‚ใฃใŸใฃใ‘ ใ‹ใพใชใ„ ใฏใšๅคงไฝ“ใญใชใ‚“ใ‹ไฝœๆฅญ้…ไฟกใจใ‹่จ€ใฃ ใฆๆœใฃใฑใ‚‰ๆœใฃใฑใ‚‰ใจใ‹ใชใ‚“ใ‹ใ‚„ใฃใฆใ‚‹ใ‚“ ใงใŠใ„ใพๅคงไฝ“่ฆ‹ใ›ใฆใ‚‹ใ‹ใช่ฆ‹ใ›ใฆใชใ„ ใจใ“ใ‚ใฎๆ–นใŒๅฐ‘ใชใ„ๆฐ—ใŒใ—ใพใ™ใญใพใƒŸๅคšๅˆ† ใ“ใ‚Œใ‹ใช้‰„ใฎใ“ใฎๆ•ฐใฏ่ฆ‹ใ›ใฆใชใ„ๆฐ—ใŒ ใ™ใ‚‹ใกใ‚‡ใฃใจใญ่ฃใง้‰„ใ ใ‘ใ‚„ๅ–ใฃใฆใใพใ— ใŸใง้‰„ ่ฃ…ๅ‚™ใ‚้•ใ†ใˆใฃใจๅฑใชใ„ๅฑใชๅˆฅ ่ฃ…ๅ‚™ ใ‚ˆใ— ใ‚ธใ‚ญใƒณใ‚ธใ‚ญใ‚ ใ‚ธใ‚ญใƒณ ใ‚ธใ‚ญใƒณใ‚ธใ‚ญใƒณใˆ ใ‹้ก”ใŒ่ฆ‹ใˆ [็ฌ‘ใ„] ใชใ„ใชใ‚“ใฆใ“ใจใฃใŸ ใˆใฃใจ ใงใˆใฃใจใพใ‚ใพใ‚ใใ‚Œใฏใ„ใ„ใ‚“ใงใ™ ใ‚ˆใงใญใ‚‚ใกใ‚ใ‚“ใƒใƒใƒใƒใƒผใ‚นใƒ‡ใƒผ ใฎ ใ‚‚ใฎใƒœใƒผใƒˆใƒœใƒผใƒˆใ‚‚้˜ฒๅพกใจใ—ๆŒใฃ ใฆใ“ใ† ใƒ”ใ‚ฑใƒ”ใ‚ฑใƒ”ใ‚้•ใ†้•ใ†็›พใ ็›พ็›พ็›พ็›พใพใƒฏใƒณ ใƒใƒฃใƒณ็›พ ใจใงใˆใฃใจใฉใ“ใ ใฃใ‘ใ“ใฃใกใ ใฃใ‘ใฏใ„ ใ“ใกใ‚‰ใงใ™ใญใพใšใƒ€ใ‚คใƒค ใƒ„ใƒซใƒ ใงใˆๆ™ฎ้€šใฎใƒ„ๅฎˆใฃ ใจใ“ใ†ใ„ใฃใฑใ„ใญๅฟ˜ใ‚Œใชใ„ใ‚ˆใ†ใซๅฟ˜ใ‚Œๅฟ˜ใ‚Œ ใชใ„ใ‚ˆๅˆใ‚ใฆใฎ ๅคข่ฟฝใ„ใคใ‘ใฆ ใ‚ญใƒชใ‚ชไธธใ—ใŒ ใชใ„ ใˆใฃใจใญ้ถดๆฉ‹ใŒใ„ใฃใฑใ„ใ™ใ‚ˆใญๆŽ˜ใฃใŸใ‚Š ใƒใ‚ถใƒผใƒฉใƒƒใ‚ฏใฏใญใ‚‰ใ—ใชใ‚“ใง ใญใงใ‚ทใƒฃใƒ™ใƒซใ‚ใ‚‹ๆ–งใ‚‚ใ‚ใ‚‹ๆญฆๅ™จใฏ็Ÿณใฎๅ‰ฃใง ใ„ใ„ใ‚ˆ ใญใพ ใกใ‚‡ใฃใจใใ“ใฎใƒฌใ‚ถใƒผใ‚ฒใƒผใƒˆใฎๅ‰ใซใƒ™ใƒƒใƒ‰ ใจใƒ™ใƒƒใƒ‰ ใจใ‚ˆใ‚‚ใ‚ˆใ‚‚ใ‚ˆใ‚‚ ใชใ„ใใ†ใƒใ‚ถใƒผใ‚ฒใƒผใƒˆใฎๅ‰ใซใญ ใˆใฃใจใ™ใใซใƒชใ‚ซใƒใƒชใƒผใงใใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ† ใซ1ใ‚ปใƒƒใƒˆใƒฏใƒณใ‚ปใƒƒใƒˆใšใค็ฝฎใ„ใจใใŸใ„ ใฃใจ ใ‚‚ใกใ‚ใ‚“ใญใใ‚“ใชใƒใ‚ถใฎไธญใงใƒ™ใƒƒใƒ‰ไฝฟใ†ใจ ใ‹ใใ‚“ใชใ“ใจใฏใ—ใพใ›ใ‚“ใ‘ใฉ ใ‚‚ใฏใ„ใฏใ„ใƒใ‚ญใƒใ‚ญใƒใ‚ญใƒใ‚ญ ใƒใ‚ญใƒใ‚ถใƒผใ‚ฏใ‚ฉใ•ใˆๅ–ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใ‚Œ ใฐ่‰ฒใ€…ใญ ใˆใฃใจ ่‰ฒใ€…ๅ›ž่ทฏใซๅฟ…่ฆใช่‰ฒใ€…ใŒไฝœใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใ‚‹ ใ‹ใ‚‰ใ“ใฎ่พบใ‚‚ใ‚‚ใ†ใกใ‚‡ใ„ใ™ใฃใใ‚Šใ•ใ›ใŸใ„ ใงใปใ„ ใจ ใƒ„ใ‚ชใงใˆใฃใจใƒใƒŸใฏๅฟ…่ฆ ใชใ„ใงใญใƒใ‚ฑใƒ„ใกใ‚ƒใ‚“ ใ‚‚ ใ‚ใ‚Œใƒใ‚ถใƒผใงใฏใญใ—ใฆใ—ใพใ†ใฎ… Read More

  • “Insane Clutch by MR Gamer Extreme!” #viral #clutchgod

    "Insane Clutch by MR Gamer Extreme!" #viral #clutchgodVideo Information [Applause] 2 one let go okay what the let [Music] go let’s go This video, titled ‘@YesSmartyPie OP Clutch #viral #shortvideo #clutchgod #minecraft #trending #yessmartypie #dreamboy’, was uploaded by MR Gamer Extreme on 2024-01-13 08:30:04. It has garnered 2502 views and 43 likes. The duration of the video is 00:01:00 or 60 seconds. #clutchgod #minecraft #trending #yessmartypie #dreamboy #viral #shortvideo Read More

  • BRO GAMERZ UNLEASH STEVE-The ULTIMATE SHOWDOWN!

    BRO GAMERZ UNLEASH STEVE-The ULTIMATE SHOWDOWN!Video Information This video, titled ‘minecraft steve …๐Ÿ˜Ž #shorts’, was uploaded by IT’S BRO GAMERZ on 2024-02-20 09:34:10. It has garnered 7 views and 1 likes. The duration of the video is 00:00:25 or 25 seconds. minecraft steve …๐Ÿ˜Ž #shorts #animation #minecraftshorts #minecraft #viral #trending #explorepage #minecraftmemes #shortsfeed #youtubeshorts related topic minecraft animation dream minecraft animation minecraft animation anime best minecraft animation best of dream minecraft animation briannaplayz minecraft animation minecraft animation creator Read More

  • Bucketry Minecraft ๐ŸŒŸ SMP PvE 1.20+ Pyro Mining & Fishing Dungeons Ranking & Prestiging Quest System Thriving Economy Land Claiming 200+ Enchantments

    Welcome to Bucketry Minecraft! ๐ŸŒŸ Server IP: play.bucketry.net Discord: Join our Discord Features: ๐Ÿฐ Progression System: Ascend ranks, conquer challenges, and become legendary. ๐Ÿ›’ Shops Galore: Build your empire with server and player shops. ๐Ÿ’ผ Jobs & Skills: Take on thrilling jobs and refine your skills. ๐ŸŒŸ Custom Spawners: Craft your own unique creature kingdom. ๐Ÿ”ฎ Enchantments Galore: Unlock over 170 advanced enchantments. ๐Ÿ“ฆ Envoy Crates & Voting Crates: Open crates filled with surprises. ๐Ÿ—บ๏ธ Custom Claiming: Protect your territory with our custom claiming system. ๐Ÿ’ฐ Banking: Manage your riches and become a true tycoon. Read More

  • โœจ LIEMVN COMMUNITY โœจ โ€ฃ ( 1.17 / 1.20.X ) Welcome to the era of Liem ยป ( NEWS )

    How to connect and play on this server? You must have the game version 1.20 installed. How to check? At startup, the game version will be displayed on the right, at the bottom. If it is a different version, you should change the current profile (left, bottom) and select version 1.20 Click the PLAY button, wait for the Minecraft game to load. Choose: Multiplayer Click the button “Direct connect”, or if you want to keep the server in its list, press the button “Add server” In the field “Server address” write: play.twicraftmc.xyz (GL HF) Read More

  • Platinum Legion Freelancers

    Platinum Legion FreelancersWelcome to our Java Minecraft server, where the only limit is your imagination! Dive into a world of endless possibilities, where you can build magnificent structures, explore vast landscapes, and forge alliances with fellow players. With no rules to restrict your creativity, embark on a journey filled with excitement and discovery. Join us today and unleash your inner builder in this thriving community! Read More

  • Minecraft Memes – The last thing you wanna see at night ๐Ÿ™ˆ๐Ÿ”ฅ

    When you’re peacefully mining for diamonds and suddenly hear a creeper hiss behind you… *cue the panic* ๐Ÿ˜ฑ๐Ÿ˜‚ Read More

  • Whispering Stone Sword: A Deadly Call to Action

    Whispering Stone Sword: A Deadly Call to ActionVideo Information [รขm nhแบกc] he [รขm nhแบกc] This video, titled ‘”๋‚ด ์ธ๋ฒค์˜ ์ž‘์€ ๋Œ๊ฒ€์ด ์ฃฝ์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ์†์‚ญ์˜€๋‹ค.” #minecraft #hypixel #bedwars #memes #๋งˆ์ธํฌ๋ž˜ํ”„ํŠธ #ํ•˜์ดํ”ฝ์…€ #๋ฐฐ๋“œ์›Œ์ฆˆ #๊ฒŒ์ž„’, was uploaded by ํด๋ผ๋ฅดํ…ŒClartte on 2024-05-16 10:08:38. It has garnered 424 views and 5 likes. The duration of the video is 00:00:21 or 21 seconds. Even if the opponent looks strong, I just have to be stronger so don’t be scared. I’m not a Manchester United fan. I’m a Tottenham fan. Read More

  • Creeper Farming Duo: SMP Shenanigans

    Creeper Farming Duo: SMP Shenanigans In the world of Minecraft, a tale to be told, Of building a creeper farm, with blocks so bold. Exploring and crafting, with Dave by my side, In this duo SMP, where adventures abide. From Twitch to YouTube, the journey unfolds, With VODs and tweets, the story is told. In the land of blocks, where creativity thrives, We spin rhymes and jokes, in our gaming lives. From Burger King cravings to dark wood dreams, We banter and build, in the Minecraft streams. Finding treasure and floating sandstone, The quest for a swamp, where secrets are shown. A creeper farm… Read More

  • Blowing up Wi-Fi with TNT in Minecraft ๐Ÿ˜‚

    Blowing up Wi-Fi with TNT in Minecraft ๐Ÿ˜‚ When you’re so desperate for better Wi-Fi in Minecraft that you start blowing up your house with TNT just to see if it helps. Priorities, am I right? #minecraftproblems #techsavvyexplosions Read More

  • Join Minewind: Experience the Ultimate Minecraft Challenge!

    Join Minewind: Experience the Ultimate Minecraft Challenge! Are you a fan of Minecraft? Do you enjoy challenges and survival mode gameplay? If so, you need to check out Minewind Minecraft Server! With a rich and immersive world to explore, Minewind offers a unique and exciting experience for players of all skill levels. Join us on Minewind server and embark on your own survival mode challenge. Whether you’re a seasoned player or just starting out, there’s something for everyone on Minewind. The possibilities are endless, and the adventures are waiting to be had. So why wait? Dive into the world of Minewind today and see what all… Read More

  • My Friends Destroyed My Water Park! – Minecraft Octopus Island

    My Friends Destroyed My Water Park! - Minecraft Octopus Island The Exciting World of Minecraft Ahtapot Adasฤฑ Embark on a thrilling adventure in the world of Minecraft Ahtapot Adasฤฑ, where friends come together to explore, create, and conquer challenges. Dive into the realm of mystery, excitement, and danger as you navigate through this virtual landscape. Exploration and Creativity One of the key elements of Minecraft Ahtapot Adasฤฑ is the freedom to explore and create. Players can build their own unique structures, mine resources, and craft tools to survive in this dynamic world. Whether it’s constructing elaborate buildings or embarking on epic quests, the possibilities are endless. Collaboration and Competition… Read More

  • Minecraft Rap by tSpire Op – Mind-Blowing Lyrics!

    Minecraft Rap by tSpire Op - Mind-Blowing Lyrics!Video Information yo I’m Steve just the do in a pixel scene punching wood planting seeds living out my poy dream got a diamond pickaxe Swinging with that bling creepers ising but I just do my thing Minecraft oh Minecraft it’s a builder’s Paradise crafting day and night keeping those mobs in my sight stacking rocks high in my world so Grand in this game of Cubes I’m the blocki in the land I’m the blocki in the land I ride my pig yeah I’m looking so fly jumping over Ravines under the square sky and the dragon’s roaring but… Read More

  • Incredible Survival Under Dome Challenge!

    Incredible Survival Under Dome Challenge!Video Information oh hello there guys welcome back to the Minecraft oh my God my screen just you see this I’m going to fix that right now there we go guys we’re ready and where are we now I don’t know we are under uh the dome in the sphere wherever guys but this map called Under the Dome and we’re going to be surving here today guys and I have some questions guys what do you like what do you prefer play with view bobin or without that maybe I’m going to turn off this guys and it feels… Read More

  • Ultimate Minecraft Hardcore Fail! 1000 Ways to Not Survive #36

    Ultimate Minecraft Hardcore Fail! 1000 Ways to Not Survive #36Video Information 1000 scale 10.000 scale devo fare una gabbia un po’ piรน alta perรฒ perchรฉ Wither cosรฌ non si alza non รจ il massimo proprio nel fare porco dio porca madonna No no raga no This video, titled ‘โ›”โ€Šโš ๏ธโ€ŠโŒโ€Šโ˜ ๏ธ1000 modi per non vivere su Minecraft(hardcore) – Non doveva finire cosรฌ #36 #shorts’, was uploaded by Fabio Mason Minecraft on 2024-01-15 17:23:27. It has garnered 2790 views and 79 likes. The duration of the video is 00:00:19 or 19 seconds. โ›” โš ๏ธ โŒ โ˜ ๏ธ1000 ways not to live in Minecraft – Betrayed by the Void #36 #shorts NO COMMENTS… YOUR… Read More

  • “Dadduji’s Mind-Blowing Sand Art Secrets Revealed!” #minecraft #heart #shorts

    "Dadduji's Mind-Blowing Sand Art Secrets Revealed!" #minecraft #heart #shortsVideo Information This video, titled ‘Satisfying Video of Minecraft Sand Art Video | heart pixel art |#heart #minecraft #shorts’, was uploaded by Is Dadduji on 2024-01-08 05:43:14. It has garnered views and [vid_likes] likes. The duration of the video is or seconds. heart #minecraftshorts #minecraft #shortsfeed #amongus #freddyfazbear Hello Guys, Hit the Like and Subscribe button to reach … Read More

  • “DEADLY MOVE to End Portal – Minecraft SMP 45” ๐Ÿ˜ฑ๐Ÿ”ฅ #MinecraftSMP #EndPortal

    "DEADLY MOVE to End Portal - Minecraft SMP 45" ๐Ÿ˜ฑ๐Ÿ”ฅ #MinecraftSMP #EndPortalVideo Information [้Ÿณๆฅฝ] Y This video, titled ‘Moving To The End Portal ๐Ÿ˜ฑ๐Ÿคฏ!! Minecraft SMP #45 #minecraft #gameplay #freefire #bgmi #gaming #roblox’, was uploaded by Blitz Byte Play on 2024-04-25 15:02:00. It has garnered 9 views and 0 likes. The duration of the video is 00:00:34 or 34 seconds. Moving To The End Portal ๐Ÿ˜ฑ๐Ÿคฏ!! Minecraft SMP #45 #minecraft #gameplay #freefire #bgmi #gaming #roblox share, support, Subscribe!!! follow me on Instagram : https://www.instagram.com/sachinverma11748 business Email: [email protected] About:this channel is made for gaming videos comment me the game which you like to watch. Thank you so much for watchingโค! #shorts #minecraft… Read More

  • SHOCKING REVELATION: Jiri Mokaro’s BRAIN INFECTED in Minecraft!

    SHOCKING REVELATION: Jiri Mokaro's BRAIN INFECTED in Minecraft!Video Information [Music] [Music] [Music] [Music] [Music] [Music] [Music] [Music] [Music] [Music] [Music] [Music] [Music] [Music] hello con JY hello hello hello hello hello hello hello welcome hello oh my God it’s so late for you guys go to sleep good night hello welcome ony hello I wait for you guys oh my God OMG it’s the jry V it’s me it’s me cheer j i r i m o k a R oh y we’re playing Minecraft today y I’m so excited I did some playing off stream and I’ve got some stuff to show you guys my yeah… Read More

  • UNBELIEVABLE!! Minecraft’s Ultimate Sleep Hack Revealed

    UNBELIEVABLE!! Minecraft's Ultimate Sleep Hack RevealedVideo Information [้Ÿณๆฅฝ] OG OG T OG ็š†ใ•ใ‚“ใŠๅพ…ใŸใ›ใ—ใพใ—ใŸใ‚ˆใ†ใ“ใใชใ—ใ‚ฏใ‚จ ๆนฏๅŽŸใ‚ใƒžใ‚ฆใ‚นใŒ่กŒใ‹ใ‚ŒใŸๆณ‰ใงใ™ใ‚ˆใ‚ใ—ใใŠ ้ก˜ใ„ใ—ใพใ™ [้Ÿณๆฅฝ] ใฐใจใ„ใ†ใ“ใจใงๅง‹ใพใ‚Šใพใ—ใŸใƒžใ‚ฏใƒˆๆทฑๅคœใฎ ็œ ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใƒžใ‚คใ‚ฏใƒฉใ‚นใƒชใƒผใƒ”ใƒณใ‚ฐใƒžใ‚ฏใƒˆใง ใ”ใ–ใ„ใพใ™ ใ‚คใ‚จใƒผใ‚ค1ๅนด้ ‘ๅผตใฃใฆใใ‚ŒใŸใƒžใ‚ฆใ‚นๅ› ใŒๅฃŠใ‚Œใกใฃ ใŸ่กŒใ‹ใ‚ŒใกใฃใŸ ใ†ใ‚“ๅŽปๅนดใƒใƒญใจใ‹ใ‚„ใฃใฆใŸใ‹ใ‚‰ใ•็ตๆง‹ ใƒžใ‚ฆใ‚นใฎๆถˆ่ฒปใŒๆฟ€ใ—ใ‹ใฃใŸใ‚“ใ‚„ใ‘ใฉใคใ„ใซ ใ„ใ‹ใ‚Šใกใพใ„ใพใ— ใŸใˆใใ†ใชใ‚“ใ‹ใ•ใˆใ“ใ‚Œๆณ‰ใฎไฝฟใ„ๆ–นใŒๆ‚ชใ„ ใ‚“ใ‹ใชใƒžใ‚ฆใ‚นใฃใฆใ“ใ‚“ใชใซๅฃŠใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใ‚“ใชใ‚“ ใ‹ใชใจๆ€ใฃใฆ780ๅ††ใฎใƒžใ‚ฆใ‚นใ‚’2ๅนด ใใ‚‰ใ„23ๅนดใใ‚‰ใ„ไฝฟใฃใฆใฆใงๅŽปๅนดๅˆใ‚ใฆ ใ‚ใกใ‚ƒใใกใ‚ƒใ„ใ„ใƒžใ‚ฆใ‚นใซๅค‰ใˆใŸใ‚“ใ‚ˆ 1ไธ‡ๅ††ใใ‚‰ใ„ใฎใ‚ฒใƒผใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐใƒžใ‚ฆใ‚นใซๅค‰ใˆใŸ ใ‚“ใ‚ˆใง1ๅนดใงใถใฃๅฃŠใ‚Œใฆๅ˜˜ใ‚„ใ‚ใจๆ€ใฃ ใฆใˆใใ‚“ใชใ‚‚ใ‚“ใฆๆ€ใฃใŸใ‘ใฉใชใ‚“็ตๆง‹ FPSใ‚„ใฃใฆใ‚‹ไบบใŸใกใ‚ใ‚‹ใ‚ใ‚‹ใ‚‰ใ—ใ„ใ‚ˆใญ ใˆ ๅ˜˜ใˆใ‚„ใ  [้Ÿณๆฅฝ] ใ†ใ‚“ใ‚ฏใƒชใƒƒใ‚ฏ้ƒจๅˆ†ใฏใ‚ฏใƒชใƒƒใ‚ฏๅ›žๆ•ฐใงๆถˆ่€— ใ™ใ‚‹ใพใใ†ใชใ‚“ใ‚„ใ‚ใญใชใ‚“ใ‹ใ‚ใฎใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ฟใƒผ ใฎใ‚ฐใƒชใ‚ฐใƒชใฆใ‚ใ‚‹ใจใ“ใ‚ ใ‚ใใ“ใŒๅฎŒๅ…จใซ่กŒใ‹ใ‚Œใกใพใฃใฆ ใ‚ˆใ‚ฏใƒชใƒƒใ‚ฏใฎๅœงใŒๅผทใ™ใŽใ‚‹ใ‚“ใ‹ใ‚‚ใ—ใ‚Œใ‚“ ใƒ”ใƒณใ•ใ—ใ™ใŽใชใ‚“ใ‹ใ‚‚ใ—ใ‚Œ ใ‚“ใชใ‚“ใใ†ๅ€คๆฎต้–ขไฟ‚ใชใ„ใ‚‰ใ—็ตๆง‹ใŠใŠๅ…จ็„ถ ใใ‚Œใใ‚‰ใ„ใฃใ™ใ‚ˆใฟใŸใ„ใชๆ„Ÿใ˜ใ‚„ใฃใŸใˆใˆ ๅ˜˜ใชใฎใงๆ€ฅ้ฝใ‚ใฎไบคๆ›ใ™ใ‚‹ๅ‰ใฎใญไปŠ 780ๅ††ใฎใƒžใ‚ฆใ‚นใ‚’ๆ€ฅ้ฝไฝฟใฃใฆใŠใ‚Š ใพใ™ใ†ใ‚“ไปŠๆ—ฅAPEXใฎใ‚จใƒš็ฅญใ‚Šใฎ ใ‚ซใ‚นใ‚ฟใƒ ็ทด็ฟ’ใซๆ€ฅ้ฝๅ‚ๅŠ ใ•ใ›ใฆใ„ใŸใ ใ„ใฆ ใใ†ใชใ‚“ใ‹ใญใƒฉใƒณใ‚ฏไฝ“ใŒใญ้ซ˜ใ™ใŽใ‚‹ใจใƒ€ใƒก ใ‚‰ใ—ใ„ใ‚ˆใญใใ†ใƒใƒผใƒ ใƒใƒฉใƒณใ‚น็š„ใซใƒฉใƒณใ‚ฏ ใŒ้ซ˜ใ™ใŽใ‚‹ใจใ ใ‚ใ ใ‹ใ‚‰ใ‚ทใƒซใƒใƒผใ‚ดใƒผใƒซใƒ‰ ใใ‚‰ใ„ๆนฏๅŽŸๆณ‰ใฃใฆใชใฃใŸใ‚‰ใ—ใใฆ ใ‚ใ‚ŠใŒใŸใ„ใ“ใจใซใŠๅฃฐใŒใ‘ใ„ใŸใ ใๅ‚ๅŠ ใ— ใฆใใพใ—ใŸใƒใƒฃใƒณใƒใƒณใฏๅ–ใ‚Œ ใšใƒใƒฃใƒณใƒใƒณใฏๅ–ใ‚Œใšใงใ—ใŸใ‹ๆฅฝใ—ใ‹ใฃ ใŸใ‚ใกใ‚ƒๆฅฝใ—ใ‹ใฃใŸๆ˜Žๆ—ฅใ‚†ใ•ใ‚“ใฏใญๅˆฅใฎ ใƒใƒผใƒ ใ‚„ใ‘ใฉๅ‚ๅŠ ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใฟใŸใ„ใชใฎใงใœใฒ ใœใฒใ‚จใƒžใ‚จใƒš็ฅญใ‚Šใชใ‚“ใ‚„ใ‚ดใƒผใƒซใƒ‰ ใƒฉใƒƒใ‚ทใƒฅใ‚ดใƒผใƒซใƒ‰ ใƒฉใƒƒใ‚ทใƒฅใ‚ดใƒผใƒซใƒ‰ใƒฉใƒƒใ‚ทใƒฅใ‚’ใœใฒๆ˜Žๆ—ฅใฎ8 ๆ™‚ใ‹ใ‚‰ใ‚‰ใ—ใ„ใฎใงใœใฒใœใฒใ”่ฆงใใ ใ•ใ„ ใ†ใ‚“่€ณๅฏ„ใ‚Šใชๆƒ…ๅ ฑใ‚’่žใ„ใŸใ„ใ‚ˆใญใกใชใฟใซ ๆ˜Žๆ—ฅใฎๅคงไผšใ‚ใฎใ“ใ‚ใฎๆ˜Žๆ—ฅใฎๅคงไผš1 ใƒใƒฃใƒณใƒใƒณๅ–ใ‚‹ใจ30ไธ‡ใ‚‚ใ‚‰ใˆใ‚‹ใ‚‰ใ—ใ„ใ™ 5ๅ›ž็ทšใ‚ใฃใฆ1ใƒใƒฃใƒณใƒใƒณๅ–ใ‚‹ใจ30ไธ‡ ใ‚‚ใ‚‰ใˆใ‚‹ใ‚‰ใ—ใ„ใฃใ™ใ‚†ใ’ใ•ใ‚“ใŒ1 ใƒใƒฃใƒณใƒใƒณๅ–ใฃ ใŸใ‚‰ใ”้ฃฏใญใ ใ‚Šใซ่กŒใ“ใ†ใจ ๆ€ใ†ใฏใฏ้€้‡‘ๅฐ้กใชใ‚“ใจ500ไธ‡ ใ‚ชใƒผใƒใƒผ ่กŒใใ—ใ‹ใญใˆใชใ“ใ‚Œใ“ใ‚Œ่กŒใใ—ใ‹ใญใˆใช ใ‚ใ‚ๆ˜Žๆ—ฅไปŠๅ›žใŠไธ–่ฉฑใซใชใฃใŸใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผ ใ‚ฏใƒƒใ‚ญใƒผใ•ใ‚“็น”็”ฐใฎใถใ•ใ‚“ใฎใƒใƒผใƒ ใ‹ใ‚† ใ•ใ‚“ใŒใƒใƒฃใƒณใƒใƒณๅ–ใฃ ใŸใ‚‰ใ™ใ‹ใ•ใšใˆใŠใ‚ใงใจใ†ใ”ใ–ใ„ใพใ™ใฆ ใƒใƒฃใƒƒใƒˆ้€ใ‚ใ†ใจๆ€ใฃใฆใ‚‹ [้Ÿณๆฅฝ] ใ†ใ™ใ‹ใ•ใšใญ่กŒใ“ใ†ใจๆ€ใฃ ใฆใ‚‹ ใ„ใ‚„ใ™ใ”ใ„ใญ้ซ˜ใ„่‚‰้ฃŸใ„ใซ่กŒใ ใž้ซ˜ใ„้ญšใงใ‚‚ใ„ใ„ใžๅ›ž็ทšใงใ‚‚ใ„ใ„ ใžใ‚ˆใ—ใจใ„ใ†ใ“ใจใงไปŠๆ—ฅใฏไน…ใ€…ใฎใƒžใ‚คใ‚ฏใƒฉ ใ‚’ใ‚„ใฃใฆใ„ใใŸใ„ใจๆ€ใ„ใพใ™ ใ“ใกใ‚‰ ๅ‰ๅ›žใงใ‚‚่จ€ใ†ใฆ2้€ฑ้–“ใใ‚‰ใ„ๅ‰ใ‹ใ‚ใ‚Œ ใกใ‚ƒใ†ใ‚ใ‚‚ใ†ใกใ‚‡ใฃใจใ‹ใชใ‚ใ‚Œ1ใƒถๆœˆ ใใ‚‰ใ„็ฉบใ„ใฆใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใ—ใ‹ใ—ใฆใƒžใ‚คใ‚ฏใƒฉ1ใƒถๆœˆ ใฏ้–‹ใ„ใฆใชใ„ใฏใšใ‚้–‹ใ„ใฆใ‚‹ใ‹ใ‚‚ ใ†ใ‚“ๅฅขใ‚‰ใชใ„ใ‚ˆใฃใฆ่จ€ใ‚ใ‚ŒใŸใ‚‰ใฉใ†ใ™ใ‚‹ ใพใŸใพใŸใใ‚“ใชใˆใˆใŠใ‚ใงใจใ†ใ”ใ–ใ„ใพใ™ ใ™ใฃใฆใ„ใ†่ณž้‡‘ใŠใ‚ใงใจใ†ใ”ใ–ใ„ใพใ™ใฆ ใ„ใใ‚ใ‚„ใ ๆณ‰ใฟใฃใŸใ‚‰่ฒกๅธƒใฏใ‚ใฃใŸใฎใซ ่ฒกๅธƒใซใŠ้‡‘ๅ…ฅใ‚Œใฆใใ‚‹ใฎๅฟ˜ใ‚Œใกใ‚ƒใฃ ใŸ ใ‚ดใƒŸใใ†ๅ‰ๅ›žใญใญใ“ใฎๅ ดใ‚’ไฝœใฃใฆใŸใ‚“ใ‚„ ใ‘ใฉ็ด ๆใŒๅ…จ็„ถ่ถณใ‚Šใฒใ‚“ใฆใใ†็ด ๆใŒๅ…จ็„ถ ่ถณใ‚Šใฒใใฆ็ด ๆ้›†ใ‚ใ‚’ใ—ใ‚ˆใ†ใจๆ€ใฃใฆใ„ใŸ ใพใพใ‚ใฎใƒใƒใ‚‹็‰Œใ‚„ใฃใŸใ‚Šใจใ‹่‰ฒใ€… ใญ ใ‚ˆใ„ใ—ใ‚‡ใกใ‚‡ใฃใจๅˆฅใฎใ“ใจใงใƒใ‚ฟใƒใ‚ฟใ—ใฆ ใŸใฎใง ใ‚ˆใ„ใ—ใ‚‡ใพใ ็ด ๆใ‚’้›†ใ‚ๅˆ‡ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใพใ›ใ‚“ ไปŠไปŠๆ—ฅใฏๅปบ็ฏ‰ใฃใฆใ„ใ†็ด ๆ้›†ใ‚ใ‹ใชๅคšๅˆ†ใ‚ 3ๆœˆ10ๆ—ฅใ‹ใ˜ใ‚ƒใใ‚Š1ใƒถๆœˆ็ฉบใ„ใฆใธใ‚“… Read More

  • Ultimate Black Texture Pack for PVP in Bedrock 1.19+!

    Ultimate Black Texture Pack for PVP in Bedrock 1.19+!Video Information This video, titled ‘CryClan [128x] – El Mejor Texture Pack BLACK para PVP – Minecraft Bedrock 1.19+ SKYWARS’, was uploaded by IANMMMXDYT on 2024-03-23 16:33:38. It has garnered 185 views and 6 likes. The duration of the video is 00:04:33 or 273 seconds. TODAY I BRING YOU A NEW MINECRAFT VIDEO I HOPE YOU LIKE IT AND IF YOU ARE NEW SUBSCRIBE โค๏ธ ๐Ÿš€ | TXT: https://www.mediafire.com/file/xkvsbbpn2gbvusf/CryClan_%255B128x%255D.mcpack/file โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€” ๐ŸŒŸ| Server | Cubecraft โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€”โ€” ๐Ÿšจ tags ignorar ๐Ÿšจ #minecrafthacks #MinecraftHCF #OwnerAbuse #comojugarhcf #spreen #qsmp #skywars #quackity #vegetta777 #roier #spreendmc #InfinityHCF #servertop #FactionMillonaria #ownerseries #HCF #TopSevers #PartnerItem #ServerBedrock #MejoresServers #OwnerAbuse… Read More

  • PPL Request: Insane Minecraft Parkour & Pixel Art!

    PPL Request: Insane Minecraft Parkour & Pixel Art!Video Information This video, titled ‘Satisfying Minecraft Profile Pixel Art ( PPL Request YT ) Part 3,605’, was uploaded by Relaxing Minecraft Parkour on 2024-01-12 13:33:04. It has garnered 150 views and 35 likes. The duration of the video is 00:01:01 or 61 seconds. Satisfying Minecraft Profile Pixel Art ( PPL Request YT ) Part 3,605 #minecraftpe #algorithm #artist you can get your short request video and post on your youtube channel mentioned me. if you also want to make your profile, just comment and then like the video. Please be patient if it takes a long time but I… Read More

  • Marthia Nations – Semi-Vanilla, Crossplay, Dynmap, Movecraft.

    Join Marthia Nations Today! Are you ready to join a nation or create your own in Marthia Nations? Whether you’re a diplomatic mastermind, warmongering conqueror, or just a chill builder, there’s something for everyone! Marthia Nations keeps it “Vanilla+” with plugins like Brewery, Movecraft, Dynmap, HeadsPlus, and more to enhance your gameplay without changing the vanilla Minecraft feel. Join now: Discord Server Java Edition Server IP: 51.81.204.21:25603 Bedrock Edition Server IP: 51.81.204.21 Port: 25603 Read More

  • oak town | survival

    oak town | survivalonly ruleNO CHEATINGwe have recently remade our server so we our welcoming new people to join! join our discord as we have a chat relay! https://discord.gg/VVdNUUXhtM note if the world looks off the server has terra on it ๐Ÿ™‚ also if you kill dotheboogey67 he will take the stuff you stole from him back lol Read More

  • Minecraft Memes – Is it worth the risk?

    Minecraft Memes - Is it worth the risk?I guess you could say this meme is a solid 7 out of Minecraft! Read More

  • Outsmart the 1% in ์ง„๋ฃจ Game

    Outsmart the 1% in ์ง„๋ฃจ GameVideo Information ๋Œ€์ถฉ ๋ชฉ์ˆจ ์„ธ ๊ฐœ์ด๊ณ  ์ฒ  ๋ธ”๋ก ์œ„์— ํ‘์•” [์Œ์•…] [์Œ์•…] ๋ฒ„ํŠผ์ผ์„ธ ๋‹˜๋“ค ๋ตํ•˜๊ณ  ํ•œ ๊ฑฐ๋‹ˆ ๋‹ˆ๋‹ˆ [์Œ์•…] ํ‚น ๋ดค๋„ค ์•„๋‹ˆ ๊ฐœ๋นก์น˜๋„ค ์ง„์งœ ์ง„์งœ ์ œ๋Œ€๋กœ ๋ฐฉ๊ธˆ ๋ญ์•ผ ์—„ ์•„ ์ž ๊น๋งŒ ์—„ ์•„ ์•„๋‹ˆ ์–ด ์ง„์งœ ๊ฐœ๋นก์น˜๋„ค ์•„๋‹ˆ ํšจ๊ฐ ๋‘ ๊ฐœ๋ž‘ ์ด๊ฑฐ ๋ถˆ๋Ÿฌ ํ•˜์–€์ƒ‰์œผ๋กœ ๋ฐ”๋€Œ๋Š”๊ฒŒ ์ง„์งœ ๊ฐœ ์งˆ์ด๋ผ๋Š” ๋งต ๋„ˆ๋ฌด ์ž˜๋งŒ๋“œ์…จ์–ด์š” ์ œ์ž‘๋Œ€ ๋‹˜ This video, titled ‘์ƒ์œ„ 99%๊ฐ€ ์†๋Š” ๊ฒŒ์ž„’, was uploaded by ์ง„๋ฃจ on 2024-05-16 10:13:47. It has garnered 543 views and 14 likes. The duration of the video is 00:01:00 or 60 seconds. #Minecraft #minecraft This is the channel of 100,000 YouTubers of the future. You can become… Read More

  • Block Shock: Skyblock Dwellers & Terror Mods (Ep.1)

    Block Shock: Skyblock Dwellers & Terror Mods (Ep.1) In the world of Minecraft, a tale unfolds, With duellers and mods, the story molds. Kazutto, the hero, faces fears with grace, Surviving the night, in this eerie place. From One Block Skyblock, the adventure begins, With creatures lurking, as the darkness spins. The Man From The Fog, The Midnight Lurker too, Each mod brings terror, a chilling debut. The Mimic Dweller, The Goatman’s call, Eyes In The Darkness, beware them all. In this world of horror, Kazutto stands tall, Crafting his way, through the night’s thrall. With wit and humor, he faces his fears, Building his world, amidst… Read More

  • Zombie IQ Test Gone Wrong!

    Zombie IQ Test Gone Wrong! Why take a regular IQ test when you can take a mutant zombie IQ test in Minecraft? Just make sure you don’t accidentally eat the brains of the test proctor. Read More

  • VR Bro Joins New Minecraft SMP!

    VR Bro Joins New Minecraft SMP! Welcome to the Newly Joined Minecraft SMP! Exploring a New World Joining a new Minecraft server is always an exciting adventure. The newly joined Minecraft SMP promises a fresh start and endless possibilities for players. With features like hardcore mode, challenging gameplay, and unique mods, this server offers a unique gaming experience. Engaging Gameplay From survival challenges to intense PvP battles, the Minecraft SMP brings together players from all over the world to test their skills and creativity. With weekly events and exciting quests, there’s never a dull moment in this dynamic gaming community. Meet the Players Joining the… Read More